WALTER INDUSTRIES INC /NEW/
10-K405/A, 1997-11-07
GENERAL BLDG CONTRACTORS - RESIDENTIAL BLDGS
Previous: PREMIER BANCSHARES INC /GA, S-3/A, 1997-11-07
Next: WALTER INDUSTRIES INC /NEW/, POS AM, 1997-11-07



<PAGE>
                                 UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                              Washington, DC 20549
 
                                  FORM 10-K/A
                                AMENDMENT NO. 1
 
       --X-- Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
                              Exchange Act of 1934
                     For the fiscal year ended May 31, 1997
                                       OR
   -- -- Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
                              Exchange Act of 1934
                        COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 000-20537
 
                            WALTER INDUSTRIES, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
                  DELAWARE                                      13-3429953
       (State or other jurisdiction of                         (IRS Employer
       incorporation or organization)                       Identification No.)
 
        1500 NORTH DALE MABRY HIGHWAY                              33607
               TAMPA, FLORIDA                                   (Zip Code)
  (Address of principal executive offices)
</TABLE>
 
       Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (813) 871-4811
 
          Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
                                      NONE
 
          Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
 
                          COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $.01
 
                                (Title of class)
 
    Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes --X-- No -- --
 
    Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. --X--
 
    The aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates of the
registrant, based on the closing price of the Common Stock on July 25, 1997 as
reported by NASDAQ National Market System, was approximately $359.7 million.
 
    Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and
reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 and 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan
confirmed by a court. Yes --X-- No -- --.
 
    Number of shares of common stock outstanding as of July 25,
1997:    55,053,722
 
                      DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
    Applicable portions of the Proxy Statement for the 1997 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders of the Company to be held September 16, 1997 are incorporated by
reference in Part III of this Form 10-K.
<PAGE>
                                     PART I
 
ITEMS 1 AND 2. BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES
 
    (a) Introduction
 
    Walter Industries, Inc. (the "Company", or "Walter Industries") was
organized in August 1987 by a group of investors led by Kohlberg Kravis Roberts
& Co., LP ("KKR") for the purpose of acquiring Jim Walter Corporation, a Florida
corporation ("Original Jim Walter"), pursuant to a leveraged buyout (the "LBO").
Following its organization, the Company organized and acquired all of the
outstanding shares of capital stock of a group of direct and indirect wholly
owned subsidiaries, including Hillsborough Acquisition Corporation ("HAC"). On
September 18, 1987, HAC acquired approximately 95% of the outstanding shares of
common stock of Original Jim Walter pursuant to a cash tender offer (the "Tender
Offer"). On January 7, 1988, (i) Original Jim Walter merged (the "Merger") into
HAC (which changed its name to Jim Walter Corporation), (ii) HAC distributed
substantially all of its assets (principally excluding the stock of The Celotex
Corporation ("Celotex") and several other subsidiaries of Original Jim Walter)
to a parent corporation of HAC (which was merged into the Company on April 1,
1991) in redemption of all of the shares of capital stock of HAC owned by such
parent corporation, (iii) HAC merged into its other stockholder, another
indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, and (iv) the surviving
corporation of such merger changed its name to Jim Walter Corporation
(hereinafter referred to as "J-II" or "Jim Walter Corporation").
 
    Following the Merger and prior to the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases
(as defined below), the Company undertook a program of corporate reorganizations
and asset dispositions, which were contemplated by all of the debt agreements
entered into in connection with the Tender Offer and the Merger. Pursuant to
this program, the Company restructured and/or disposed of certain of the
businesses of Original Jim Walter, including the disposition in April 1988 of
all of the stock of the parent corporation of J-II.
 
    Also during this time, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries and
certain of their former and current directors and officers, stockholders and
other persons and entities which were parties to or beneficiaries of
indemnification agreements and other indemnification obligations of the Company
and its subsidiaries (the "Indemnitees") were named as co-defendants in lawsuits
(the "Veil Piercing Litigation") brought by or on behalf of thousands of persons
("Asbestos Claimants") claiming asbestos-related damages against Celotex
alleging, among other things, that (i) Original Jim Walter, its successors and
other entities, including the Company and certain of its subsidiaries, were
liable for all damages, including asbestos-related damages, caused by products
manufactured, sold and distributed by a predecessor of Celotex, by reason of
claims sounding in piercing the corporate veil, alter ego and related theories
("Veil Piercing Claims"), and (ii) the aforementioned distribution by HAC of
substantially all of its assets pursuant to the LBO constituted a fraudulent
conveyance.
 
    On December 27, 1989, the Company and 31 of its subsidiaries each filed a
voluntary petition for reorganization under Chapter 11 ("Chapter 11") of the
United States Bankruptcy Code with the Bankruptcy Court for the Middle District
of Florida, Tampa Division (the "Bankruptcy Court"); one additional subsidiary
also filed a voluntary petition for reorganization under Chapter 11 with the
Bankruptcy Court on December 3, 1990 (all such voluntary petitions for
reorganization hereinafter referred to as the "Chapter 11 Cases"). Two other
subsidiaries, Cardem Insurance Co., Ltd. ("Cardem Insurance") and Jefferson
Warrior Railroad Company, Inc. did not file petitions for reorganization under
Chapter 11. The filing of the voluntary petitions resulted from a sequence of
events stemming primarily from an inability of the Company's interest reset
advisors to reset interest rates on approximately $624 million of outstanding
indebtedness, which indebtedness by its terms required that the interest rates
thereon be reset to the rate per annum such indebtedness should bear in order to
have a bid value of 101% of the principal amount thereof as of December 2, 1989.
The reset advisors' inability to reset the interest rates was primarily
attributable to two factors: (i) uncertainties arising from the then-pending
Veil Piercing Litigation,
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
including the possibility either that such litigation would lead to the
prohibition of further asset sales and debt repayment or that substantial new
asbestos-related claims might become assertible against the Company, which
uncertainties materially hindered the ability of the Company and its
subsidiaries to pursue a refinancing or sell assets to reduce debt, and (ii)
general turmoil in the high yield bond markets at such time, both of which
depressed the bid value of such indebtedness.
 
    In January 1990, the Company and each of its subsidiaries which were party
to the Chapter 11 Cases filed a declaratory judgment action (the "Adversary
Proceeding") in the Bankruptcy Court against all known Asbestos Claimants who
had filed Veil Piercing Claims, Celotex and Jim Walter Corporation seeking a
declaration, among other things, that (i) the corporate veil between Celotex and
Original Jim Walter could not be pierced, (ii) the Company could not be held
liable for the asbestos-related liabilities of either Celotex or Jim Walter
Corporation on any grounds and (iii) the LBO could not be deemed a fraudulent
conveyance.
 
    In October 1990, Celotex and one of its subsidiaries filed voluntary
petitions for reorganization under Chapter 11 with the Bankruptcy Court for the
Middle District of Florida, Tampa Division (the "Celotex Bankruptcy Court").
 
    In January 1994, the indenture trustees for certain pre-LBO debentures of
Original Jim Walter assumed by the Company brought an action (the "Fraudulent
Conveyance Lawsuit") for the benefit of the Company's estate and its creditors,
which alleged that the issuance of debt in connection with the LBO constituted a
fraudulent conveyance under New York and Florida law. The plaintiffs sought to
avoid the obligations incurred by the Company and its subsidiaries in the LBO.
 
    On March 17, 1995 (the "Effective Date"), the Company and its subsidiaries
emerged from bankruptcy pursuant to the Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization
Dated as of December 9, 1994 as modified on March 1, 1995 (as so modified the
"Consensual Plan"). At that time, pursuant to the Consensual Plan 50,494,313
shares of common stock were issued to certain former creditors and stockholders
of the Company and its subsidiaries and $490,000,000 aggregate principal amount
of the Company's 12.19% Series B Senior Notes Due 2000 (the "Senior Notes") were
issued to certain former creditors of the Company and its subsidiaries. The
Senior Notes were redeemed in full in January 1996. The plan of reorganization
originally proposed by certain creditors and committees (the "Creditors Plan")
provided that subordinated bondholders could elect to receive "Qualified
Securities" (cash and/or Senior Notes) in lieu of Common Stock of the Company.
The Plan of Reorganization confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court which technically
constituted a modification of the Creditors Plan kept in place the bondholders
election. Certain subordinated bondholders, however, were unable to provide
documentation evidencing their right to receive Qualified Securities within the
two year time frame prescribed by the Plan of Reorganization. As a result,
approximately 212,000 additional shares of Common Stock were issued in lieu of
Qualified Securities in fiscal 1997.
 
    Also pursuant to the Consensual Plan (i) the Veil Piercing Claims, the Veil
Piercing Litigation and the Adversary Proceeding, among other things, were
settled after a ruling by the Bankruptcy Court (which was affirmed on appeal by
the United States District Court for the Middle District of Florida) finding in
favor of the Company on every claim asserted in the Adversary Proceeding and
(ii) the Fraudulent Conveyance Lawsuit was settled. This settlement of the Veil
Piercing Litigation (the "Veil Piercing Settlement") was entered into among the
Company, certain of its creditors, Celotex, Jim Walter Corporation and
representatives of the Asbestos Claimants and provided for the dismissal of all
the Veil Piercing Claims and the release of the Company, KKR, any and all of
their present and former parents, subsidiaries, stockholders, partners,
officers, directors and employees and certain other parties (collectively, the
"Released Parties") from all liabilities relating to the LBO or associated with
asbestos-related liabilities of Celotex or Jim Walter Corporation. The Veil
Piercing Settlement is embodied in the Consensual Plan. The Veil Piercing
Settlement, among other things, required Celotex, and certain other parties to
the Celotex bankruptcy proceedings, to propose and use their respective best
efforts to obtain confirmation of a plan of
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
reorganization for Celotex that included an injunction pursuant to Section
524(g) of the Bankruptcy Code ("Section 524(g)") or other similar injunctive
relief providing the same protection as a Section 524(g) injunction acceptable
to each of the Released Parties. Such injunctive relief provides the Company
with additional assurance that Veil Piercing Claims cannot be asserted in the
future against the Company.
 
    On October 7, 1996, Celotex and various other parties in the Celotex
bankruptcy announced to the Celotex Bankruptcy Court that an agreement had been
reached between Asbestos Bodily Injury Claimants Committee and others (the
"Bodily Injury Plan") and the Asbestos Property Damage Claimants Committee (the
"Property Damage Plan") pursuant to which the Bodily Injury Plan proponents
agreed to file with the Celotex Bankruptcy Court a Modified Joint Plan of
Reorganization (the "Modified Plan") which would provide, among other things,
for revised treatment of asbestos property damage claims. In accordance with the
agreement the Modified Plan was filed with the Celotex Bankruptcy Court on
October 8, 1996 and superseded and replaced the Bodily Injury Plan and the
Property Damage Plan. The Modified Plan provides for a Section 524(g) injunction
as to all asbestos claimants.
 
    The Modified Plan was approved by a vote of the Celotex creditors, and on
December 6, 1996 the Celotex Bankruptcy court entered an order confirming the
Modified Plan. The Modified Plan became effective as of May 30, 1997. See Note
12 to Consolidated Financial Statements--Litigation--Veil Piercing Suits on
pages F-19 and F-20 included herein.
 
(b) Industry Segments
 
    The Company's industry segment information for the last three fiscal years
is included in Note 15 to Consolidated Financial Statements, on pages F-26
through F-28 included herein.
 
(c) Narrative Description of Business and Properties
 
GENERAL
 
    The Company, through its direct and indirect subsidiaries, currently offers
a diversified line of products and services for homebuilding, water and waste
water transmission, coal mining and related degasification, residential and
non-residential construction and industrial markets. The operations of the
Company are carried out by its operating subsidiaries, the business and
properties of which are described below.
 
JIM WALTER HOMES
 
    Jim Walter Homes, Inc. ("Jim Walter Homes") headquartered in the Walter
Industries building in Tampa, Florida, markets and supervises the construction
of detached, single-family residential homes, primarily in the Southern United
States where the weather permits year-round construction and provides mortgage
financing on such homes. Jim Walter Homes has concentrated on the low to
moderately priced segment of the housing market. Over 325,000 homes have been
completed by Jim Walter Homes and its predecessor since 1946.
 
    Jim Walter Homes' products consist of more than 30 models of conventionally
built homes, built of wood on concrete foundations or wood pilings, and ranging
in size from approximately 640 to 2,200 square feet. Each home is completely
finished on the outside and is unfinished on the inside except for rough floors,
ceiling joists, partition studding and closet framing. The buyer may elect to
purchase optional interior components, including installation thereof, such as
plumbing and electrical materials, heating and air conditioning, wallboard,
interior doors, interior trim and floor finishing. A buyer selecting all options
receives a home considered to be "90% complete", excluding landscaping and
utility connections. Shell homes are those which are completely finished on the
outside with the inside containing only rough floors, ceiling joists, partition
studding and closet framing, but not interior wallboard, floor finishing,
plumbing, electrical wiring and fixtures, doors and cabinetry. The remaining
units are sold at varying "in-between"
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
stages of interior finishing. Jim Walter Homes builds all of its homes "on site"
and only after a building contract has been entered into and Jim Walter Homes is
satisfied that the customer has clear title to the land and the site is suitable
for building. The following chart shows the unit sales volume of Jim Walter
Homes and the percent of homes sold in the three stages of completion for fiscal
years ended May 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       PERCENT OF UNIT SALES
                                                                 ------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                              <C>            <C>          <C>                  <C>
FISCAL YEAR ENDED MAY 31,                                         UNITS BUILT      SHELL       VARIOUS STAGES       90% COMPLETE
- ---------------------------------------------------------------  -------------     -----     -------------------  -----------------
  1997.........................................................        3,900            10%               1%                 89%
  1996.........................................................        3,760            18                4                  78
  1995.........................................................        4,126            25                9                  66
</TABLE>
 
    During the fiscal years 1997, 1996 and 1995 the average net sales price of a
home was $47,500, $42,300 and $40,200 respectively.
 
    Jim Walter Homes backlog as of May 31, 1997 was 1,972 units compared to
1,957 units at May 31, 1996. The average time to construct a home ranges from
four to twelve weeks.
 
    At fiscal 1997 year end, Jim Walter Homes operated 110 branch offices
located in 19 states (Alabama, Arizona, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Indiana,
Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, Missouri, New Mexico, North Carolina, Ohio,
Oklahoma, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas, Virginia and West Virginia). In
addition, Jim Walter Homes serves five adjoining states (Delaware, Illinois,
Kansas, Maryland and Pennsylvania). Accordingly, these operations are not
subject to significant concentrations of credit risks. Of such branch offices,
approximately 79% are owned, with the balance on leased land. Substantially all
of these branch offices serve as "display parks" which are designed to allow
customers to view actual models completed to the various stages of interior
finishing available. Jim Walter Homes does not own or acquire land for purposes
of its operations and is not a land developer. The actual construction of all
homes sold by Jim Walter Homes is done by local building contractors with their
own crews, pursuant to subcontracts executed in connection with each home, and
inspected by Jim Walter Homes' supervisory personnel. Jim Walter Homes maintains
32 regional warehouses near each of its district offices from which a portion of
the necessary building materials may be obtained; the balance of building
materials is purchased locally.
 
    Approximately 96% of the homes Jim Walter Homes sells are purchased with
financing it arranges. Jim Walter Homes offers qualified customers a fixed
interest rate mortgage without requiring a down payment and does not charge
add-ons such as closing costs, points, credit service fees or private mortgage
insurance.
 
    Jim Walter Homes offers credit terms for up to a maximum of 30 years,
usually for 100% of the purchase price of the home and currently carry an 8.5%
"annual percentage rate". In December 1995, Jim Walter Homes reduced its
financing rate from 10% to 8.5% for its "90% complete" homes on a trial basis
and in March 1996 began formally advertising the lower rate. Jim Walter Homes
extended the 8.5% financing rate to the remainder of its product line ("shell"
and homes sold at various "in between" stages of interior finishing) in the
fourth quarter of fiscal 1997. The 10% "annual percentage rate" had been in
effect since 1979.
 
    To qualify for financing, a potential customer must provide information
concerning his or her monthly income and employment history as well as a legal
description of and evidence that the customer owns the land on which the home is
to be built. A customer's income and employment usually are verified through
telephone conversations with the customer's employer and by examining his or her
pay stubs, W2 forms or, if the customer is self-employed, income tax returns. An
applicant must have a minimum of one year's continuous employment or, if there
has been a change in employment, the new job must be in the same field of work.
Only a small percentage of secondary income (second jobs or part-time work) is
utilized in qualifying applicants. Ownership of the land is verified by
examining the title record. In addition, Jim Walter Homes' credit department
obtains a credit report. Jim Walter Homes does not use a point or grade
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
credit scoring system. Particular attention is paid to the credit information
for the most recent three to five years. Attention is also given to the
customer's total indebtedness and total other monthly payments on a judgmental
basis by the credit department. The customer's credit standing is considered
favorable if the employment history, income and credit report meet the
aforementioned criteria. If a favorable report is obtained and the required
monthly payment does not exceed 25% of the customer's monthly gross income, the
application usually is approved and a building or instalment sale contract is
executed, a title report is ordered and frequently a survey of the property is
made. Surveys are performed by independent registered surveyors when, in the
opinion of Jim Walter Homes, additional information beyond examination of the
title record is needed. Such additional information is primarily concerned with
verification of legal description, ownership of land and existence of any
encroachments. Jim Walter Homes does not obtain appraisals or title insurance.
Although consideration is given to the ratio of the amount financed to the
estimated value of the home and the land securing such amount, there is no
explicit appraisal-based loan-to-value test. However, there is a requirement
that the value of the lot on which the home is to be built, as estimated solely
on the basis of Jim Walter Homes' mortgage servicing division employees'
experience and knowledge, be at least equal to 10% of the cash selling price of
the home.
 
    The building and instalment sale contract is subject to (i) except in the
State of Texas, executing a promissory note which is secured by a first lien on
the land and the home to be built, (ii) executing a mortgage, deed of trust,
mechanic's lien contract or other security instrument, (iii) receiving a
satisfactory title report, (iv) inspecting the land to determine that it is
suitable for building and (v) obtaining required permits. Although the
mortgages, deeds of trust and similar security instruments constitute a first
lien on the land and the home to be built, such security instruments are not
insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of
Veterans Affairs or otherwise insured or guaranteed.
 
    Prior to occupancy of the new home, the buyer must complete the utility
hook-ups and any of the other components not purchased from Jim Walter Homes,
arrange for the final building inspection and, if required, obtain a certificate
of occupancy. The costs to complete a new home depends on the stage of
completion of the home purchased and whether public water and sewer systems are
available or wells and septic tanks must be installed. Such costs could range
from $2,000-$3,000 to $30,000-$40,000.
 
    Upon completion of construction of a new home to the agreed-upon percentage
of completion, Jim Walter Homes sells the building and instalment sale contract,
the note and the related mortgage, deed of trust or other security instrument to
Mid-State Homes, Inc. ("Mid-State Homes"), an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary
of the Company, in the ordinary course of business pursuant to an Agreement of
Purchase and Sale of Instalment Obligations and Servicing of Delinquent
Accounts. Pursuant to this agreement, Jim Walter Homes provides field servicing
on all delinquent payments, including collection of delinquent payments,
recommendations of foreclosure, foreclosure and resale of foreclosed properties.
 
    The favorable financing offered by Jim Walter Homes normally has tended to
increase unit volume in times of high interest rates and limited availability of
mortgage financing funds. As a result, Jim Walter Homes' volume of home sales
has tended to be counter-cyclical to national home construction activity. Also,
in times of low interest rates and high availability of mortgage funds,
additional competition is able to enter the market.
 
    The single-family residential housing industry is highly competitive. Jim
Walter Homes competes in each of its market areas on the basis of price, design,
finishing options and accessibility to financing with numerous home builders
ranging from regional and national firms to small local companies. Jim Walter
Homes also competes with manufactured housing. For the calendar year 1996, Jim
Walter Homes was the eleventh largest builder of detached single-family homes in
the United States after having been the eighth largest builder in 1995, the
sixth largest builder in 1994, the fifth largest builder in 1993 and the fourth
largest builder in 1992. However, because there are so many firms engaged in the
single-family homebuilding industry, Jim Walter Homes accounted for less than 1%
of all new detached for sale homes built in 1996.
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
    In the three years ended May 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, Jim Walter Homes' net
sales and revenues amounted to $185.7 million, $159.2 million and $165.8
million, respectively.
 
MID-STATE HOMES
 
    Mid-State Homes, headquartered in the Walter Industries building in Tampa,
Florida, was established in 1958 to purchase mortgage instalment notes from Jim
Walter Homes on homes constructed and sold by Jim Walter Homes and to service
such mortgage instalment notes. Mid-State Trust II ("Trust II"), Mid-State Trust
III ("Trust III"), Mid-State Trust IV ("Trust IV"), Mid-State Trust V ("Trust
V") and Mid-State Trust VI ("Trust VI") are Delaware business trusts organized
by Mid-State Homes, which owns all of the beneficial interest in Trust III,
Trust IV, Trust V and Trust VI. Trust IV owns all of the beneficial interest in
Trust II.
 
    In April 1988, Mid-State Homes sold to Trust II instalment notes and
mortgages which it had acquired from Jim Walter Homes through February 29, 1988
having a gross amount of approximately $3.376 billion and an aggregate
outstanding economic balance of approximately $1.750 billion pursuant to a
purchase and sales agreement, in exchange for a purchase price of $1.327
billion, representing the net cash proceeds from the public offering of $1.450
billion aggregate face amount of mortgage-backed notes ("Trust II
Mortgage-Backed Notes") of Trust II after paying the expenses associated with
the sale of such Trust II Mortgage-Backed Notes. The outstanding balance of such
Trust II Mortgage-Backed Notes at May 31, 1997 was $410.0 million At May 31,
1997, such Trust II instalment notes and mortgages had a gross book value of
$966.1 million and an economic balance of $609.2 million.
 
    Under the Trust II indenture for the Trust II Mortgage-Backed Notes, if
certain criteria as to performance of the pledged instalment notes are met,
Trust II is allowed to make quarterly distributions of cash to Trust IV, its
sole beneficial owner, to the extent that cash collections on such instalment
notes exceed Trust II's cash expenditures for its operating expenses, interest
expense and mandatory debt payments on its mortgage-backed notes. In addition to
the performance-based distributions, the indenture permits distribution of
additional excess funds, if any, provided such distributions are consented to by
Financial Security Assurance Inc., a monoline property and casualty insurance
company and the guarantor of the Trust II Mortgage-Backed Notes. The guarantor
has not approved any additional distributions since the January 1, 1995
distribution and such excess funds ($79.7 million at May 31, 1997) remain on
deposit with Trust II.
 
    On July 1, 1992, mortgage instalment notes having a gross amount of $638.1
million and an economic balance of $296.2 million were sold by Mid-State Homes
to Trust III in exchange for the net proceeds from the public issuance by Trust
III of $249.9 million of asset backed notes ("Trust III Asset Backed Notes").
Net proceeds were used to repay in full all outstanding indebtedness due under a
revolving credit facility, with the excess cash used to fund the ongoing
operations of the Company and its subsidiaries. The outstanding balance at May
31, 1997 of such Trust III Asset Backed Notes was $116.9 million. At May
31,1997, such Trust III instalment notes and mortgages had a gross book value of
$364.9 million and an economic balance of $195.5 million.
 
    On March 16, 1995, mortgage instalment notes having a gross amount of $2.020
billion and an economic balance of $826.7 million were sold by Mid-State Homes
to Trust IV. In addition, on such date, Mid-State Homes sold its beneficial
interest in Trust II to Trust IV. Trust II had a total collateral value of
$910.5 million with $605.7 million of Trust II Mortgage-Backed Notes
outstanding. These sales were in exchange for the net proceeds from the public
issuance by Trust IV of $959.4 million of asset backed notes ("Trust IV Asset
Backed Notes"). The outstanding balance at May 31, 1997 of such Trust IV Asset
Backed Notes was $841.2 million. At May 31, 1997, such Trust IV instalment notes
and mortgages had a gross book value of $1.613 billion and an economic balance
of $704.5 million.
 
    On February 27, 1995, Mid-State Homes established Trust V, a business trust
in which Mid-State Homes owns all of the beneficial interest, to provide
temporary financing to Mid-State Homes for its
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
current purchases of instalment notes and mortgages from Jim Walter Homes. On
March 3, 1995, Trust V entered into the Mid-State Trust V Variable Funding Loan
Agreement (the "Trust Variable Funding Loan Agreement") with Enterprise Funding
Corporation, an affiliate of NationsBank NA, as lender, and NationsBank NA
(Carolinas), as Administrative Agent. The agreement provides for a three-year,
$500.0 million credit facility (subsequently reduced to $400.0 million on July
31, 1997) (the "Trust V Variable Funding Loan") secured by the instalment notes
and mortgages Trust V purchases from Mid-State Homes. It is contemplated that
the facility will be an evergreen three-year facility with periodic paydowns
from the proceeds of permanent financings similar to those done by Trusts II,
III, IV and VI. The facility currently matures on March 3, 2000. The outstanding
Trust V Variable Funding Loan balance at May 31, 1997 was $384.0 million. At May
31, 1997, the Trust V instalment notes and mortgages had a gross book value of
$1.310 billion and an economic balance of $509.1 million.
 
    On June 11, 1997, Mid-State Homes purchased mortgage instalment notes from
Trust V having a gross amount of $1.196 billion and an economic balance of
$462.3 million. Mid-State Homes subsequently sold such mortgage instalment notes
to Trust VI, a business trust organized by Mid-State Homes which owns all of the
beneficial interest in Trust VI. These sales were in exchange for the net
proceeds from the public issuance of $439.2 million of asset backed notes
("Trust VI Asset Backed Notes"). The Trust VI Asset Backed Notes were issued in
four classes, bear interest at rates ranging from 7.34% to 7.79%, and have a
final maturity of July 1, 2035. Payments will be made quarterly on January 1,
April 1, July 1, and October 1 based on collections on the underlying
collateral, less amounts paid for interest on the notes and Trust VI expenses.
Net proceeds from the public offering were used primarily to pay down Trust V
indebtedness of $384.0 million.
 
    The instalment notes sold by Mid-State Homes to Trusts II, III, IV, V and VI
are serviced by Mid-State Homes pursuant to servicing agreements entered into
with each trust. Mid-State Homes, in connection with such servicing agreements,
has entered into sub-servicing agreements with Jim Walter Homes to provide field
servicing such as collections, repossessions and resales.
 
    The assets of Mid-State Trusts II, III, IV, and VI are not available to
satisfy claims of general creditors of Mid-State Homes or the Company and its
other subsidiaries. The liabilities of Mid-State Trusts II, III, IV and VI for
their publicly issued debt are to be satisfied solely from proceeds of the
underlying instalment notes and are non-recourse to Mid-State Homes and the
Company and its other subsidiaries.
 
    The revenues of Mid-State Trusts II, III, IV, V and VI are required by
generally accepted accounting principles to be consolidated as part of Mid-State
Homes' revenues for financial statement purposes. In the three years ended May
31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 Mid-State Homes' revenues amounted to $249.4 million,
$248.8 million and $237.1 million, respectively.
 
JIM WALTER RESOURCES
 
    The operations of Jim Walter Resources, Inc. ("Jim Walter Resources") are
conducted through its Mining Division, which mines and sells coal from four deep
shaft mines in Alabama, and its De-Gas Division, which extracts and sells
methane gas from the coal seams owned or leased by Jim Walter Resources.
 
    MINING DIVISION
 
    The Mining Division, headquartered in Brookwood, Alabama, has approximately
9.7 million tons of rated annual coal production capacity from four deep shaft
mines. These mines extract coal from Alabama's Blue Creek seam, which contains
high-quality metallurgical coal. This coal can be used as coking coal as well as
steam coal because it meets current environmental compliance specifications.
Blue Creek coal offers high coking strength with low coking pressure, low sulfur
and low-to-medium ash content with high BTU values. The mines are located in
west central Alabama between the cities of Birmingham and Tuscaloosa.
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
    The majority of coal is mined using longwall extraction technology,
complemented by the more standard continuous mining method. By replacing more
traditional methods of underground mining with longwall technology, the Mining
Division has achieved greater production efficiency, improved safety, generated
superior coal recovery results and lowered production costs. There are
approximately 70 longwall mining systems in use in the United States, of which
the Mining Division currently operates seven. The Mining Division's normal
operating plan is a longwall/continuous miner ratio of about 75%/25%, which is
the sustainable long-term ratio.
 
    Recoverable reserves were estimated to be approximately 233 million tons as
of May 31, 1997, of which 208 million tons relate to the four Blue Creek Mines.
A summary of reserves is as follows:
 
           ESTIMATED RECOVERABLE(1) COAL RESERVES AS OF MAY 31, 1997
                             (IN THOUSANDS OF TONS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   TYPE (4)
                                                                                   ---------      JIM WALTER
                                                                                   STEAM (S)      RESOURCES'
                                    RESERVES(2)              CLASSIFICATIONS(3)       OR           INTEREST
                           ------------------------------   --------------------   METALLUR-   -----------------
MINING PROPERTY             TOTAL   ASSIGNED   UNASSIGNED   MEASURED   INDICATED   GICAL(M)    OWNED   LEASED(5)
- -------------------------  -------  --------   ----------   --------   ---------   ---------   ------  ---------
<S>                        <C>      <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>     <C>
No. 3 Mine...............   57,877    57,877      --          42,192    15,685        S/M       1,440     56,437
No. 4 Mine...............   69,133    69,133      --          46,945    22,188        S/M       5,696     63,437
No. 5 Mine...............   24,056    24,056      --          20,111     3,945        S/M      22,081      1,975
No. 7 Mine...............   56,661    56,661      --          44,337    12,324        S/M      19,257     37,404
                           -------  --------   ----------   --------   ---------               ------  ---------
                           207,727   207,727      --         153,585    54,142                 48,474    159,253
Bessie (8)...............   24,919     --        24,919       14,880    10,039       --           658     24,261
                           -------  --------   ----------   --------   ---------               ------  ---------
TOTAL....................  232,646   207,727     24,919      168,465    64,181                 49,132    183,514
                           -------  --------   ----------   --------   ---------               ------  ---------
                           -------  --------   ----------   --------   ---------               ------  ---------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                QUALITY(6)          PRODUCTION(7)
                           --------------------  -------------------
MINING PROPERTY            ASH   SULF.   BTU/LB  1997   1996   1995
- -------------------------  ----  -----   ------  -----  -----  -----
<S>                        <C>   <C>     <C>     <C>    <C>    <C>
No. 3 Mine...............   8.2   0.56   14,469  2,198  2,084  1,730
No. 4 Mine...............   9.4   0.69   14,240  2,129  2,542  2,448
No. 5 Mine...............   8.8   0.66   14,334    801    893    948
No. 7 Mine...............   8.0   0.65   14,499  2,513  2,347  2,501
                                                 -----  -----  -----
                                                 7,641  7,866  7,627
Bessie (8)...............  11.0   1.30   13,655   --     --     --
                                                 -----  -----  -----
TOTAL....................                        7,641  7,866  7,627
                                                 -----  -----  -----
                                                 -----  -----  -----
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) "Recoverable" reserves are defined as tons of mineable coal in the Blue
    Creek and Mary Lee seams which can be extracted and marketed after deduction
    for coal to be left in pillars, etc. and adjusted for reasonable preparation
    and handling losses.
 
(2) "Assigned" reserves represent coal which has been committed by Jim Walter
    Resources to its operating mines and plant facilities. "Unassigned" reserves
    represent coal which is not committed to an operating mine and would require
    additional expenditures to recover. The division of reserves into these two
    categories is based upon current mining plans, projections and techniques.
 
(3) The recoverable reserves (demonstrated resources) are the sum of "Measured"
    and "Indicated" resources. Measured coal extends 1/4 mile from any point of
    observation or measurement. Indicated coal is projected to extend from 1/4
    mile to 3/4 mile from any point of observation or measurement. Inferred coal
    extends from 3/4 mile to 3 miles from any point of observation or
    measurement. Inferred reserves are not included in recoverable reserves.
 
(4) All of the coal in the Blue Creek and Mary Lee seams is suitable for
    metallurgical purposes although, for marketing reasons, some is sold as
    compliance steam coal.
 
(5) The leases are either renewable until the reserves are mined to exhaustion
    or are of sufficient duration to permit mining of all of the reserves before
    the expiration of the term.
 
(6) Values shown are weighted averages of all reserves and are calculated on a
    dry basis. Bessie Mine reserves are equivalent to preparation at a 1.60
    specific gravity, whereas the others are at a 1.40 specific gravity.
 
(7) Production for 1997, 1996 and 1995 is for the fiscal years ended May 31.
 
(8) The Bessie Mine was closed in August 1988.
 
    Environmental expenditures imposed by laws relating to deep shaft mining
have been insignificant to date and no substantial expenditures are expected in
the future. The Mining Division does not engage in any surface (strip) mining.
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
    The facilities of the Mining Division are summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FACILITY                                            LOCATION         SQ. FOOTAGE
- ---------------------------------------------  ------------------  ----------------
<S>                                            <C>                 <C>
Administrative headquarters..................  Brookwood, AL                 41,500
Central shop, supply center and
  training center............................  Brookwood, AL                128,400
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       CURRENT
OPERATING MINES                                     LOCATION        RATED CAPACITY
- ---------------------------------------------  ------------------  ----------------
<S>                                            <C>                 <C>
Blue Creek No. 3.............................  Adger, AL           2,600,000 tons
Blue Creek No. 4.............................  Brookwood, AL       2,700,000 tons
Blue Creek No. 5.............................  Brookwood, AL       1,800,000 tons
Blue Creek No. 7.............................  Brookwood, AL       2,600,000 tons
</TABLE>
 
    Of the Mining Division's approximately 9.7 million tons of current rated
annual production capacity, 4.88 to 5.10 million tons are sold under long-term
contracts, leaving 4.60 to 4.82 million tons to be sold under short-term
contracts or on the spot market.
 
    Jim Walter Resources' supply contract with Alabama Power Company ("Alabama
Power") that had been in effect since January 1, 1979, as amended, was
superseded by a new agreement executed on May 10, 1994 (the "New Alabama Power
Contract"). Under the New Alabama Power Contract, Alabama Power will purchase
4.0 million tons of coal per year from Jim Walter Resources through August 31,
1999. The New Alabama Power Contract has a fixed price subject to an escalation
based on the Consumer Price Index and adjustments for governmental impositions
and quality. The New Alabama Power Contract includes favorable modifications of
specification, shipping deviations and changes in transportation arrangements.
 
    Jim Walter Resources and Cockerill Sambre are parties to a long-term
contract which expires on December 31, 2000. The contract provides for the sale
of approximately 880,000 tons annually, with an option on approximately 220,000
additional tons annually. The pricing mechanism is market driven and reflects
changes in prices of three specific coals or coal indices.
 
    Blue Creek Mine No. 5 ("Mine No. 5") was shut down from November 17, 1993
through December 16, 1993 and from early April 1994 until May 16, 1994 as a
result of a fire due to spontaneous combustion heatings caused by pyritic sulfur
concentrations occurring in the mine's coal seam being exposed to air by the
mining process. Representatives of Jim Walter Resources, the Mine Safety and
Health Administration ('MSHA"), Alabama State Mine Inspectors and the United
Mine Workers of America ("UMWA") agreed that the longwall coal panel being mined
in Mine No. 5 at the time the fire recurred in April 1994 would be abandoned and
sealed off. Development mining for the two remaining longwall coal panels in
this section of the mine resumed on May 16, 1994 and mining on the first
longwall panel resumed on January 17, 1995. Production was adversely impacted
until such date. As a result of the fire, the Company and Jim Walter Resources
claimed compensable losses in the amount of $25 million under their business
interruption insurance coverage. When the insurers refused to pay their pro rata
part of the claim, the Company commenced litigation seeking to enforce such
insurance. The insurers issued policies insuring various percentages of the
risk. The Company has entered into settlements with several insurers who, in the
aggregate, have paid approximately $12.4 million, reducing the contract claims
in the lawsuit to $12.6 million. The Company and Jim Walter Resources continue
to pursue the litigation against the remaining carriers and a trial is
tentatively scheduled for October 1997.
 
    In late November 1995, Mine No. 5 experienced another fire due to the
unexpected recurrence of spontaneous combustion heatings and the mine was shut
down. Efforts to contain and extinguish the fire were successful; however,
conditions dictated the mine be shut down for several weeks. The affected coal
panels on the western side of the mine were then permanently sealed off in an
effort to prevent further combustion fires in this mine. Mining operations were
redeployed approximately five miles to the eastern
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
side of the mine where more favorable geological conditions exist. Firefighting
and idle plant costs of approximately $16 million associated with the November
1995 fire were not insured since spontaneous combustion heatings caused by
pyritic sulfur concentrations in Jim Walter Resources' Mine No. 4 and No. 5 are
now excluded from the Company's and Jim Walter Resources' insurance policies.
The affected coal panels on the western side of the mine were sealed off and
from December 1995 through March 1997 development work was accelerated on the
eastern side of Mine No. 5. The mine returned to production status in the fourth
quarter of fiscal 1997. Longwall production resumed in the eastern part of the
mine in June 1997. While in development, the mine's costs ($40.7 million) were
capitalized. Jim Walter Resources three other mines remained in full production.
 
    In the three years ended May 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, the Mining Division's
net sales and revenues were $310.7 million, $325.8 million and $299.4 million,
respectively, including $4.2 million, $4.8 million and $5.4 million,
respectively, to Sloss Industries Corporation ("Sloss Industries"), a wholly
owned subsidiary of the Company.
 
    DE-GAS DIVISION
 
    The De-Gas Division, through a joint venture headquartered in Brookwood,
Alabama, extracts and sells methane gas from the coal seams owned or leased by
Jim Walter Resources.
 
    The original motivation for the joint venture was to increase safety in Jim
Walter Resources' Blue Creek mines by reducing methane gas concentrations with
wells drilled in conjunction with the mining operations. There were 390 wells
producing approximately 45 million cubic feet of gas per day, as of May 1997. As
many as 63 additional wells are planned for development in fiscal 1998. The
degasification operation, as had originally been expected, has improved mining
operations and safety by reducing methane gas levels in the mines, as well as
being a profitable operation.
 
    The gas is transported through a 12-mile pipeline (owned and operated by
Black Warrior Transmission Corp., a corporation the stock of which is owned on a
50-50 basis by Jim Walter Resources and Sonat Exploration Company, an affiliate
of Southern Natural Gas Company (SNG)), directly to SNG's pipeline.
 
    The De-Gas Division began operations in 1981 with the formation of an equal
joint venture with Kaneb Services, Inc. ("Kaneb") to capture and market methane
gas from the Blue Creek seam. SNG is the joint venture's exclusive customer for
all output of methane gas, all of which was originally at a price tied to the
price of fuel oil in New York. Kaneb subsequently sold its 50% interest in the
degasification operation to an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Sonat, Inc.
In connection with this sale, additional areas were added to the gas sales
contract. This gas was priced at a market price nominated by SNG which was not
to be lower than the published price for spot purchases for SNG-South Louisiana
for the applicable month. Effective January 1, 1994, the gas sales contract was
amended. The price to be paid for gas delivered to SNG is now equal to the
average of two published spot prices provided, however, that the price will not
be less than $2.00 per MMBTU (approximately $1.96 per MCF) on a weighted annual
basis, calculated cumulatively each month. The contract also calls for SNG to
pay Jim Walter Resources a reservation fee of $675,000 per month through
December 31, 2001, provided certain minimum quantities of gas are delivered.
Black Warrior Methane Corp., a corporation the stock of which is owned on a
50-50 basis by Jim Walter Resources and Sonat Exploration Company, manages the
operational activities of the joint venture.
 
    In the three years ended May 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, the De-Gas Division's
net sales and revenues amounted to $28.8 million, $23.0 million and $20.8
million, respectively.
 
U.S. PIPE
 
    United States Pipe and Foundry Company, Inc. ("U.S. Pipe"), headquartered in
Birmingham, Alabama, conducts its business through its Pressure Pipe Division
and Castings Division. The Pressure Pipe Division manufactures and sells a broad
line of ductile iron pressure pipe, pipe fittings, valves and
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
hydrants. It is one of the nation's largest producers of ductile iron pressure
pipe. The Castings Division produces and sells a wide variety of gray and
ductile iron castings.
 
    In the three years ended May 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, U. S. Pipe's net sales
and revenues amounted to $420.7 million, $421.4 million and $412.2 million,
respectively.
 
    PRESSURE PIPE DIVISION
 
    The Pressure Pipe Division manufactures and markets a complete line of
ductile iron pipe ranging from 4" to 64" in diameter as well as equivalent
metric sizes, at lengths up to 20 feet. In addition, this division produces and
sells a full line of fittings, valves and hydrants of various configurations to
meet municipal specifications. Approximately 70%--75% of the ductile iron
pressure pipe produced by this division is used in the transmission and
distribution of potable water and the remaining 25%--30% is used in the
transmission of waste water and industrial applications. The majority of ductile
iron pressure pipe and related fittings, valves and hydrants are for new
distribution systems. The market for rehabilitation, upgrading and replacement
of pipe systems accounts for approximately 30% of ductile iron pressure pipe
sales. Fittings, valves and hydrants produced by this division account for
approximately 20% of sales.
 
    Ductile iron pressure pipe is manufactured by the deLavaud centrifugal
casting process and is typically classified into three size categories: 1) Small
pipe, ranging from 4" to 12" in diameter (approximately 59% of the division's
pipe production), used primarily for potable water distribution systems and
small water system grids; 2) Medium pipe, ranging from 14" to 24" in diameter
(approximately 25% of the division's pipe production), used primarily in
reinforcing distribution systems, including looping grids and supply lines; and
3) Large pipe, 30" to 64" in diameter (which accounts for the remaining 16% of
pipe production), used for major water and waste water transmission and
collection systems.
 
    The ductile iron pressure pipe industry is highly competitive, with a small
number of manufacturers of ductile iron pressure pipe, fittings, valves and
hydrants. U.S. Pipe is one of the nation's largest producers of ductile iron
pressure pipe. Major ductile iron pipe competitors include McWane, Inc., Griffin
Ductile Iron Pipe Company and American Cast Iron Pipe Company. The division
competes with such other manufacturers of ductile iron pressure pipe on the
basis of price, customer service and product quality.
 
    Additional competition for ductile iron pressure pipe comes from pipe
composed of other materials, such as PVC, concrete, fiberglass, reinforced
plastic and steel. Although ductile iron pressure pipe is typically more
expensive than competing forms of pipe, customers choose ductile iron for its
quality, longevity, strength, ease of installation and lack of maintenance
problems.
 
    U.S. Pipe is also a manufacturer of ductile iron fittings. The Company
believes that McWane, Inc. has the largest market share in this market segment.
U.S. Pipe is not a major manufacturer of valves and hydrants.
 
    Products of the Pressure Pipe Division are sold primarily to contractors,
water works distributors, municipalities, private utilities and other
governmental agencies. Most ductile iron pressure pipe orders result from
contracts which are bid by contractors or directly issued by municipalities or
private utilities. An increasing portion of ductile iron pressure pipe sales are
made through independent water works distributors. The division maintains
numerous supply depots in leased space throughout the country which are used as
a source of pipe for start-up projects to support ongoing projects and to aid in
completing projects. The Pressure Pipe Division's sales are primarily domestic,
with foreign sales accounting for approximately 5% of dollar sales in 1997. U.S.
Pipe has 36 regional sales offices in leased office space in the United States.
 
    The order backlog of pressure pipe at May 31, 1997 was 108,341 tons, which
represents approximately three months shipments, compared to 121,734 tons at May
31, 1996.
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
    The Pressure Pipe Division manufactures ductile iron pressure pipe at four
owned plants located in (i) Bessemer, Alabama (581,000 square feet on 169 acres
of land); (ii) North Birmingham, Alabama (358,000 square feet on 61 acres of
land); (iii) Union City, California (121,000 square feet on 70 acres of land);
and (iv) Burlington, New Jersey (329,000 square feet on 109 acres of land).
These plants have annual rated capacities to produce 180,000 tons, 160,000 tons,
85,000 tons and 132,000 tons, respectively, of ductile iron pressure pipe based
on one shift per day. In addition, the division manufactures fittings, valves
and hydrants at its owned plant in Chattanooga, Tennessee (648,000 square feet
on 91 acres of land). The general offices located in Birmingham, Alabama contain
122,000 square feet of office space on 6 acres of owned land.
 
    While the pipe business is generally sensitive to recessions because of its
partial dependence on the level of new construction activity, certain aspects of
Pressure Pipe's operations have in the past helped to reduce the impact of a
downturn in new construction. First, Pressure Pipe's products have experienced a
strong level of demand in the replacement market. The Company believes that
growth of the replacement market will accelerate as a result of major
expenditures by governmental entities in an effort to rebuild the nation's
infrastructure, such as the replacement and upgrading of water and waste water
transmission systems. In addition, SAFE DRINKING WATER ACT ("SDWA") amendments
signed into law in 1996 mandate that communities nationwide upgrade their water
transmission systems over the next 20 years in order to comply with new federal
water quality standards. Second, Pressure Pipe's facilities are located in
regions of the country that have exhibited consistent economic strength. The
Burlington, New Jersey plant is adjacent to the northeastern market with its
significant replacement potential and the division's operations in the South are
located in areas of steady economic growth. The West Coast, served by the Union
City, California plant, has a critical shortage of water for many of the large
metropolitan areas which will require major transmission pipelines in the
future. Because freight costs for pipe are high, locations close to important
markets lower transportation costs, thereby making the Pressure Pipe Division's
products more competitive.
 
    CASTINGS DIVISION
 
    The Castings Division produces a wide variety of gray and ductile iron
castings for a diversified customer base, including special hardness castings
for the pollution control industry. In the year ended May 31, 1997,
approximately 55% of the Division's castings sales were directed to the Pressure
Pipe Division, with the balance of sales to various capital goods industries.
Manufacturing operations are located in Anniston, Alabama (240,000 square feet
on 21 acres of owned land).
 
SLOSS INDUSTRIES
 
    Sloss Industries is a diversified manufacturing operation, headquartered in
Birmingham, Alabama, which has four major product lines: (1) foundry coke; (2)
furnace coke; (3) slag wool; and (4) specialty chemicals.
 
    Foundry coke is marketed to cast iron pipe plants and foundries producing
castings, such as for the automotive and agricultural equipment industries. It
is shipped primarily into four geographic markets: the East Coast; the
Southeast; Mexico and the West Coast. Competition comes primarily from three
merchant suppliers: ABC Coke, Koppers Company, Inc. and Empire Coke Company. In
the year ended May 31, 1997, approximately 61% of the foundry coke produced by
Sloss Industries was sold to U. S. Pipe.
 
    Furnace coke is sold primarily to basic steel producers. Furnace Coke sales
have been at capacity over the past years to satisfy a long-term contract with
National Steel Corporation. Sloss Industries has only an estimated 1% share of
the furnace coke market. Competition comes primarily from Koppers Company, Inc.
in the southern United States, Citizens Gas & Coke Utility and steel producers
with excess coking capacity in the Midwest.
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
    Slag wool is an insulating fiber utilized principally as a raw material by
acoustical ceiling manufacturers. It is also used in manufactured-home
insulation, plastics molding and asphalt paving systems where it is used as a
bonding agent. A related product, processed mineral fiber, is used in friction
materials and thermoplastic molding compounds, adhesives, paints and sealants.
The continued success of the slag wool business depends upon Sloss Industries'
ability to produce ceiling tile fiber of consistent high quality and react to
customer demands for specific "customized" fiber composition. Of the total slag
wool sales in the year ended May 31, 1997, approximately 72% was sold to
Armstrong World Industries and 20% to Celotex.
 
    Chemical products are manufactured in plants located in Birmingham and
Ariton, Alabama. The Birmingham product line is composed primarily of aromatic
sulfonic acids and sulfonyl chlorides used in the pharmaceutical, plasticizer,
foundry and coatings industries, as well as a custom manufactured specialty
monomer for the plastics industry. The Ariton facility produces custom
manufactured specialty products for the rubber and plastics industries.
 
    Sloss Industries' manufacturing facilities are located in Birmingham,
Alabama and include: 120 coke ovens with an annual rated capacity of 410,000
tons and related buildings of 148,400 square feet, a slag wool plant with an
annual rated capacity of 102,000 tons in a building of 63,000 square feet and a
synthetic chemicals plant in a building of 63,300 square feet, all on 521 acres
of owned land. Sloss Industries also operates a specialty chemical facility in
Ariton, Alabama in a building of 6,880 square feet, on 53 acres of owned land.
 
    In the three years ended May 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, Sloss Industries' net
sales and revenues amounted to $91.1 million, $91.1 million and $88.0 million,
respectively, including $11.2 million, $12.0 million and $11.1 million,
respectively to U. S. Pipe.
 
JW ALUMINUM
 
    JW Aluminum Company ("JW Aluminum"), headquartered in Mt. Holly, South
Carolina, is a leading producer of custom-coated fin stock used in heating and
air conditioning applications and telecommunications cable wrap. JW Aluminum's
other foil and sheet products are used in a variety of applications such as
lithoplate for newspapers and as a facer on foam insulation products. Aluminum
sheet products are primarily used for general building applications such as
siding, gutters, downspouts, roofing, mobile home siding and skirting,
residential siding and window components.
 
    JW Aluminum sold 135.6 million pounds of aluminum products in fiscal 1997;
73% of which were foil products and 27% were sheet products. JW Aluminum has
focused on directing its product mix towards higher value added products such as
fin stock, where quality and service are relied upon more than price-driven
commodity products.
 
    JW Aluminum operates a single manufacturing 300,000 square foot facility in
Mt. Holly, South Carolina on 30 acres of owned land. JW Aluminum's current rated
capacity is 150 million pounds per year based on its present product mix. A
two-year, $31.0 million expansion project is currently underway which will add
65,000 square feet of production space and increase JW Aluminum's capacity 60%
to approximately 240 million pounds per year at completion.
 
    In the three years ended May 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, JW Aluminum's net
sales and revenues totaled $150.4 million, $141.1 million and $134.2 million,
respectively, including $2.8 million, $3.4 million and $6.1 million,
respectively, to JW Window Components, Inc. ("JW Window Components"), a wholly
owned subsidiary of the Company.
 
JW WINDOW COMPONENTS
 
    JW Window Components produces a variety of screens and screen components and
a full line of window components, such as extruded aluminum components,
weatherstripping, sash balances and spiral
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
balances. The Company estimates that 60% of total sales are directed to the new
construction market, 30% to the renovation market and 10% to the commercial
sector.
 
    JW Window's products are sold through a network of independent sales agents,
covering the continental United States, the Caribbean and Central America.
 
    JW Window's operates three plants located in Elizabethton, Tennessee
(190,000 square feet on 25 acres of owned land); Sioux Falls, South Dakota
(50,000 square feet on 3 acres of owned land); and Merrill, Wisconsin (54,000
square feet of leased space). The administrative offices located in
Elizabethton, Tennessee contain 8,500 square feet of leased office space.
 
    In the three years ended May 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, (JW Window Components'
net sales and revenues were $38.9 million, $37.0 million and $45.8 million,
respectively.
 
SOUTHERN PRECISION
 
    Southern Precision Corporation ("Southern Precision") is the largest
producer of specialized industrial tooling products and resin coated sand in the
Southeast.
 
    Southern Precision's Irondale, Alabama manufacturing facility incorporates
the plant, warehouse and administrative functions in 78,000 square feet of
building space located on 6 acres of owned land. Products and services provided
at this location include: wood and metal pattern tooling; computerized
numerically controlled machining for industries such as satellite and aircraft
communications, aerospace and glass machines; plastic injection, compression and
rubber molds; aluminum castings; and general machining of fabrications, castings
and plates.
 
    Southern Precision's Birmingham, Alabama manufacturing facility (27,500
square feet on 5 acres of owned land) produces a coated sand for production of
shell cores for the foundry industry.
 
    In the three years ended May 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, Southern Precision's
net sales and revenues amounted to $15.6 million, $15.0 million and $14.4
million, respectively, including $1.2 million, $1.2 million and $2.4 million,
respectively to U.S. Pipe.
 
VESTAL MANUFACTURING
 
    Vestal Manufacturing Company ("Vestal") produces a diversified line of metal
and foundry products for residential, commercial and industrial use. Vestal
manufactures a line of energy saving fireplaces, fireplace inserts, accessories
and wood-burning stoves, as well as lightweight castings for municipal markets
and metal building products. Its products are sold through a network of
independent sales agents to hardware and building material distributors, home
centers and mass merchandisers throughout the United States and Canada.
 
    Vestal's performance to a large extent is tied to residential construction.
Foreign competition has also been a factor in recent years.
 
    Vestal, located in Sweetwater, Tennessee, operates a foundry with 103,000
square feet of building, a steel fabrication plant with 109,000 square feet and
an administrative office containing 7,000 square feet, all on 46 acres of owned
land.
 
    In the three years ended May 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, Vestal's net sales and
revenues totaled $18.0 million, $17.3 million and $19.4 million, respectively.
 
UNITED LAND
 
    United Land Corporation ("United Land") owns approximately 40,000 acres of
land, 141,000 acres of mineral rights and 1,300 acres of surface rights,
principally in Alabama.
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
    United Land receives royalties resulting from leases to strip coal miners,
gas producers and timber companies. When market conditions are favorable,
management expects from time to time to sell excess real estate from the
holdings of United Land not utilized by any of the other subsidiaries of the
Company.
 
    In the three years ended May 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, United Land's net
sales and revenues amounted to $8.6 million, $14.6 million, and $15.8 million,
respectively, including gains on sales of certain excess real estate of $2.5
million, $6.1 million and $6.1 million, respectively.
 
WALTER LAND
 
    Walter Land Company ("Walter Land") is a land sales business with an
inventory at May 31, 1997 of approximately 6,800 acres, primarily on the south
side of Houma, Louisiana. The bulk of the commercial development in Houma is
tied directly to service and support for offshore oil and gas drilling. Walter
Land's income is principally derived from land sales and rental income. The
management and sale of the Louisiana properties are handled by local personnel
on a contract basis. In the three years ended May 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995,
Walter Land's net sales and revenues amounted to $1.1 million, including gains
of $.8 million on land sales, $277,000 and $196,000, respectively.
 
CARDEM INSURANCE
 
    Cardem Insurance is a Hamilton, Bermuda based offshore reinsurance company.
The predominant portion of its business is reinsuring 75% of the risk on fire
and extended coverage insurance policies issued by Westchester Insurance
Company, an unrelated insurance company. Such insurance policies are with
individual owners of homes constructed by Jim Walter Homes. In the years ended
May 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, Cardem Insurance's net sales and revenues amounted
to $12.3 million, $13.1 million and $11.8 million, respectively.
 
SEASONALITY
 
    Certain of the businesses of the Company (primarily U.S. Pipe, Jim Walter
Homes, JW Window Components and Vestal Manufacturing) are subject to seasonal
variations to varying degrees. However, the businesses of the Company are
significantly influenced by the general economy and in particular, the level of
construction.
 
TRADE NAMES, TRADEMARKS AND PATENTS
 
    The names of each of the Company's subsidiaries are well established in the
respective markets served by them. Management believes that the reputation of
such trade names is of some importance. The Company's subsidiaries have numerous
patents and trademarks. Management does not believe, however, that any one such
patent or trademark is of material importance to the Company's business as a
whole.
 
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
 
    Research activities conducted by each business are directed toward new
products, process and building systems development, improvement of existing
products, development of new uses for existing products and cost reduction
efforts. Total research and development expenditures in each of the last three
fiscal years were less than 1% of consolidated net sales and revenues.
 
RAW MATERIALS
 
    Substantially all of the raw materials needed for the operations of the
Company and its subsidiaries are either produced by the Company and its
subsidiaries or purchased from domestic sources. All materials used by the
various businesses of the Company are available in quantities required to
support their respective operations.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
ENVIRONMENTAL
 
    The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to a wide variety of laws and
regulations concerning the protection of the environment, both with respect to
the construction and operation of many of its plants, mines and other
facilities, and with respect to remediating environmental conditions that may
exist at its own and other properties. The Company believes that it and its
subsidiaries are in substantial compliance with federal, state and local
environmental laws and regulations. Expenditures for compliance of ongoing
operations and for remediation of environmental conditions arising from past
operations in the fiscal year ended May 31, 1997 and May 31, 1996 were
approximately $6.8 million and $5.1 million, respectively. Because environmental
laws and regulations on the federal, state and local levels continue to evolve,
and because conditions giving rise to obligations and liabilities under
environmental laws are in some circumstances not readily identifiable, it is
difficult to forecast the amount of such future environmental expenditures or
the effects of changing standards on future business operations. Consequently,
the Company can give no assurance that such expenditures will not be material in
the future. Capital expenditures for environmental requirements are anticipated
to average approximately $6.0 million per year in the next five years.
 
    U.S. Pipe has implemented an Administrative Consent Order ("ACO") for its
Burlington, New Jersey plant that was required under the New Jersey
Environmental Cleanup Responsibility Act (now known as the Industrial Site
Recovery Act) in connection with the completion of the LBO. The ACO required
soil and ground water cleanup. U.S. Pipe has completed, pending final approval,
the soil cleanup required by the ACO. U.S. Pipe also has completed, pending
final approval, ground water treatment as ordered in the ACO. Ground water
monitoring as required by the ACO continues. It is not known how long ground
water monitoring will be required. Management does not believe any further
cleanup costs will have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or
results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries.
 
    The Federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability
Act ("CERCLA"), generally imposes liability, which may be joint and several and
is without regard to fault or the legality of waste generation or disposal, on
certain classes of persons, including owners and operators of sites at which
hazardous substances are released into the environment (or pose a threat of such
release), persons that disposed or arranged for the disposal of hazardous
substances at such sites, and persons who owned or operated such sites at the
time of such disposal. CERCLA authorizes the EPA, the states and, in some
circumstances, private entities to take actions in response to public health or
environmental threats and to seek to recover the costs they incur from the same
classes of persons. Certain governmental authorities can also seek recovery for
damages to natural resources. Currently, U.S. Pipe has been identified as a
potentially responsible party ("PRP") by the EPA under CERCLA with respect to
cleanup of hazardous substances at two sites to which its wastes allegedly were
transported. U.S. Pipe is one of many PRP's at such sites and is in the process
of preliminary investigation of its relationship to these sites, if any, to
determine the nature of its potential liability and amount of remedial costs to
clean up such sites. Although no assurances can be given that U.S. Pipe will not
be required in the future to make material expenditures relating to these sites,
management does not believe at this time that the cleanup costs it will be
called on to bear, if any, associated with these sites will have a material
adverse effect on the financial condition or results of operations of the
Company and its subsidiaries. Management believes the extent of U.S. Pipe's
involvement, if any, to be minor in relation to that of other named PRP's, a
significant number of which are substantial companies.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
    As of May 31, 1997, the Company and its subsidiaries employed 7,584 people,
of whom 4,784 were hourly workers and 2,800 were salaried employees.
Approximately 4,200 employees were represented by unions under collective
bargaining agreements, of which approximately 1,730 were covered by one contract
with the UMWA, which expires on August 1, 1998. The Company considers its
relations with its employees to be satisfactory.
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
    The Company and its subsidiaries have various pension and profit sharing
plans covering substantially all employees. In addition to the Company's own
pension plans, contributions are made to certain multi-employer plans. The
funding of retirement and employee benefit plans is in accordance with the
requirements of such plans and, where applicable, in sufficient amounts to
satisfy the "Minimum Funding Standards" of the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974 ("ERISA"). The plans provide benefits based on years of
service and compensation or at stated amounts for each year of service. The
Company and its subsidiaries also provide certain postretirement benefits other
than pensions and profit sharing, primarily healthcare, to eligible retirees.
 
PROPERTIES
 
    The Company's headquarters building contains approximately 200,000 square
feet of office space, located on approximately 13 acres in Tampa, Florida.
 
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
    See Items 1 and 2 - Business and Properties - Introduction on pages 2
through 4 and Jim Walter Resources - Mining Division on pages 10 and 11 and Note
12 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements on pages F-19 through F-22
included herein.
 
ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
 
    None
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
 
    Set forth below is a list showing the names, ages (as of August 1, 1997) and
positions of the executive officers of the Company.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                     AGE                                      OFFICE
- -----------------------------------      ---      -----------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>          <C>
Kenneth E. Hyatt...................          56   Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
Richard E. Almy....................          55   Director, Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
Dean M. Fjelstul...................          55   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Robert W. Michael..................          55   Senior Vice President and Group Executive
William N. Temple (1)..............          64   Senior Vice President and Group Executive
Frank A. Hult......................          46   Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer
Donald M. Kurucz(2)................          58   Vice President and Treasurer
Edward A. Porter...................          50   Vice President--General Counsel and Secretary
David L. Townsend..................          43   Vice President--Administration
George R. Richmond.................          47   President and Chief Operating Officer of Jim Walter Resources
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Mr. Temple has announced his intention to retire in January 1998. On July
    30, 1997, the Company announced that Ralph E. Fifield, former President of
    United States Steel/Kobe Steel Company and a 28-year industrial
    manufacturing veteran, would succeed Mr. Temple as President and Chief
    Operating Officer of United States Pipe and Foundry Company effective August
    1, 1997 with Mr. Temple assuming the position of Chairman pending his
    retirement. Mr. Fifield, 51, gained extensive manufacturing and operations
    management experience during a 28-year career with United States Steel,
    which he joined in 1969 at the Company's Gary, Indiana plant. Following a
    progressive series of plant engineering positions at the Gary facility, he
    was named Plant Manager of U.S. Steel's South Works plant in Chicago in
    1984. He later served as General Manager of the company's Fairless,
    Pennsylvania plant from 1988 to 1990 and Fairfield, Alabama plant from 1990
    to 1991. In 1991 he was promoted to
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
    Corporate Vice President--Operations, overseeing six manufacturing
    facilities. In 1994, Mr. Fifield was named President of Lorain, Ohio based
    USS/KOBE Steel company, a joint venture with annual revenues of
    approximately $770 million.
 
(2) Mr. Kurucz died on October 10, 1997. As of the date of this filing no one
    had been appointed to serve as Treasurer of the Company.
 
    Kenneth E. Hyatt has been Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
of the Company since June 1, 1996 and has been President of the Company since
September 1, 1995. Between September 1, 1995 and June 1, 1996, Mr. Hyatt also
served as Chief Operating Officer of the Company. Mr. Hyatt was elected a
director on September 12, 1995. Mr. Hyatt served as President and Chief
Executive Officer and a director of Celotex from 1990 until shortly prior to his
election, effective September 1, 1995, as President and Chief Operating Officer
of the Company. Mr. Hyatt held various management and executive positions with
various subsidiaries of Original Jim Walter from 1966 until 1984, at which time
he was named Vice President and Group Executive of Original Jim Walter. In 1986,
he was elected Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Original
Jim Walter. Following Original Jim Walter's leveraged buyout in 1988 by KKR, Mr.
Hyatt joined with an investor group in the acquisition of Celotex and certain
related entities. In October 1990 Celotex and one of its subsidiaries filed
voluntary petitions for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code
in the Bankruptcy Court as a result of massive litigation involving
asbestos-related liabilities. The Celotex Plan of Reorganization was confirmed
in December 1996 and became effective May 1997. The Celotex Trust is a principal
stockholder of the Company.
 
    Richard E. Almy has been Executive Vice President and Chief Operating
Officer of the Company since June 1996. Previously, Mr. Almy was President and
Chief Operating Officer at JW Aluminum (1991-1996) and JW Window Components
(1995-1996).
 
    Dean M. Fjelstul has been Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
of the Company since October 1996. Between June 1, 1996 and October 1, 1996, Mr.
Fjelstul served as Senior Vice President - Finance of the Company. Previously,
he was employed by Alliant Techsystems as Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer (1990-1996). Prior thereto he served in various financial management
capacities with Honeywell, Inc. during a 22 year tenure with that company.
 
    Robert W. Michael has been a Senior Vice President and Group Executive of
the Company since 1991 and President and Chief Operating Officer of Jim Walter
Homes since 1984. He also served as Vice President of Original Jim Walter from
1984 to 1988. Prior thereto, he was Vice President-Sales (1975-1984), a Regional
Manager (1973-1975), an Assistant Regional Manager (1970-1973), a Main Branch
Manager (1967-1970) and a Sub-Branch Manager (1966-1967) with Jim Walter Homes
and held various managerial positions with Mid-State Homes (1964-1966).
 
    William N. Temple has been a Senior Vice President and Group Executive of
the Company since 1991 and President and Chief Operating Officer of U.S. Pipe
since 1993; he was a Vice President of the Company from 1988 to 1991 and from
1974 was a Vice President of Original Jim Walter. Previously he served as
President of the former Fasteners and Special Products Division of U.S. Pipe and
Vice President of U.S. Pipe (1972-1974), President of the former Southeastern
Bolt and Screw division of U.S. Pipe (1971-1974) and Controller of U.S. Pipe
(1965-1971).
 
    Frank A. Hult has been a Vice President, Controller and the Chief Accounting
Officer of the Company since 1995. Previously, he was a Vice President (since
1994), the Controller (since 1991), Assistant Controller and Chief Accountant
(1989-1991) and Manager of Budgets (1988-1989) of the Company. Prior thereto he
was Manager of Budgets (1984-1988) and Financial Analyst (1978-1981) of Original
Jim Walter and Manager-Operations Administration (1981-1984), Plant Controller
and Cost Accountant (1974-1975) for Celotex.
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
    Until his death, as noted above, Donald M. Kurucz had been a Vice President
and the Treasurer of the Company since 1991; he was Treasurer of the Company
from 1988-1991. Previously he served as Treasurer (1977-1988) and Assistant
Treasurer (1975-1977) of Original Jim Walter.
 
    Edward A. Porter has been Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of
the Company since January 1996. Previously, he was employed by National Gypsum
Company as Senior Vice President-Administration, General Counsel and Secretary
(1993-1995); Vice President--Administration, General Counsel and Secretary
(1988-1993) and held various legal positions (1980-1988).
 
    David L. Townsend has been a Vice President of the Company since 1988.
Previously he served as a Vice President-Human Resources and Public Relations
(1994-1996) and Vice President-Public Relations (1988-1994) of the Company.
Prior thereto he served as a Vice President-Public Relations (since 1983),
Director of Public Relations (1982-1983) and Manager of Public Relations
(1980-1982) of Original Jim Walter and in various staff positions (1978-1980)
with Original Jim Walter.
 
    George R. Richmond has been President and Chief Operating Officer of Jim
Walter Resources since June 1, 1997, succeeding William Carr as President and
Chief Operating Officer upon Mr. Carr's retirement on May 31, 1997. Previously
he served as Senior Vice President of Operations (since 1993) and Vice President
of Operations (1992). Prior thereto he was Deputy Mine Manager and No. 3 Mine
Manager, Longwall Manager, Master Mechanic and Longwall Mechanical Engineer.
 
    Executive officers serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. The
Company is not aware of any family relationships among any of the foregoing
executive officers.
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
 
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
 
    The Company's Common Stock (the "Common Stock") has been listed on the
Nasdaq National Market under the trading symbol "WLTR" since October 11, 1995.
The table below sets forth, for the quarterly periods indicated, the range of
high and low sales prices of the Company's Common Stock since such date.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      1997                  1996(1)
                                                              --------------------        ------------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
                                                                HIGH        LOW        HIGH          LOW
                                                              ---------  ---------     -----         ---
1st Quarter.................................................  $  14 1/4  $  11 7/8
2nd Quarter.................................................     14 1/4     12 5/8      14 3/4       12 3/8
3rd Quarter.................................................     15 1/4     12 5/8      13 3/4           12
4th Quarter.................................................     15 3/8     13 1/4      14 1/2       12 5/8
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Beginning October 11, 1995
 
    The Registrant has never paid cash dividends on Common Stock and has no
present intention of paying any cash dividends on the Common Stock. Covenants
contained in certain of the debt instruments referred to in Note 8 of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements on pages F-11 through F-13 restrict the
ability of the Company to pay cash dividends.
 
    As of July 25, 1997, there were 123 shareholders of record of the Company's
common stock.
 
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
    The following data, insofar as it relates to each of the fiscal years 1993
through 1997, has been derived from annual financial statements, including the
consolidated balance sheets at May 31, 1997 and 1996 and the related
consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the three years ended
May 31, 1997 and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere herein. All of the
information presented below should be read in conjunction with the Company's
Consolidated Financial Statements and the notes thereto, and the other
information contained elsewhere in this report.
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           YEARS ENDED MAY 31,
                                                 -----------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                              <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>
                                                     1997         1996 (3)         1995           1994        1993 (2)
                                                 -------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                               (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA
                                                                  AND AMOUNTS REFERENCED IN FOOTNOTES)
<S>                                              <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>
Summary of Operations:
Sales and revenues.............................  $   1,507,061  $   1,485,635  $   1,442,322  $  1,328,524  $  1,318,986
Cost of sales (exclusive of depreciation)......        980,235        987,354        951,381       845,061       804,411
Depreciation, depletion and amortization.......         71,814         74,341         72,037        71,035        70,483
Interest and amortization of debt discount and
  expense (1)..................................        179,291        208,690        304,548       155,470       171,581
Income tax expense (benefit)...................         32,981        (55,155)      (170,450)       28,917        24,328
Income (loss) before extraordinary item and
  cumulative effect of accounting change
  (2)(3)(4)....................................         37,117        (79,292)      (358,645)        7,175        46,594
Net income (loss)..............................         37,117        (84,696)      (358,645)        7,175       (58,014)
Net income (loss) per share (4) & (5)
Income (loss) before extraordinary item........            .67          (1.56)         (7.10)
Extraordinary item.............................             --           (.10)            --
                                                 -------------  -------------  -------------
Net income (loss)..............................            .67          (1.66)         (7.10)
                                                 -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                 -------------  -------------  -------------
Number of shares used in calculation of income
  (loss) per share.............................     55,039,347     50,988,195     50,494,313
                                                 -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                 -------------  -------------  -------------
Additional Financial Data:
Gross capital expenditures.....................  $     101,755  $      83,523  $      91,317  $     69,831  $     71,708
Net property, plant and equipment..............        568,176        541,536        662,792       657,863       663,040
Total assets...................................      3,027,385      3,091,377      3,245,153     3,140,892     3,223,234
Long-term senior debt..........................      2,065,575      2,211,296      2,220,370       871,970     1,046,971
Liabilities subject to Chapter 11
  proceedings..................................             --             --             --     1,727,684     1,725,631
Stockholders' equity (deficit).................        319,412        276,694        360,774      (282,353)     (287,737)
Employees at end of year.......................          7,584          7,755          7,888         7,676         7,545
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Interest on unsecured obligations not accrued since December 27, 1989
    amounted to $163.7 million in each of the years ended May 31, 1993 and 1994.
    The Company recorded additional interest and amortization of debt discount
    and expense of $141.4 million related to the consummation of the Consensual
    Plan in fiscal 1995.
 
(2) The Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106
    "Employers Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions"
    ("FASB 106") and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109
    "Accounting for Income Taxes" ("FASB 109") during fiscal year 1993.
 
(3) The Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 121
    "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Long-Lived Assets to
    Be Disposed Of" ("FASB 121") during fiscal year 1996.
 
(4) Extraordinary item consists of redemption premium and write-off of
    unamortized debt expense of $8.3 million ($5.4 million after tax) related to
    early repayment of the Senior Notes and a $150 million bank credit facility
    during fiscal year 1996 (see Note 8 to "Notes to Consolidated Financial
    Statements").
 
(5) Per share information for fiscal years 1993 and 1994 is not relevant given
    the significant change in the Company's capital structure following
    consummation of the Consensual Plan.
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND
  FINANCIAL CONDITION
 
    The Company emerged from bankruptcy on March 17, 1995 pursuant to the
Consensual Plan. Accordingly, the Company's Consolidated Statement of Operations
and Retained Earnings (Deficit) for the years ended May 31, 1997 and 1996 are
not comparable to the Consolidated Statement of Operations and Retained Earnings
(Deficit) for prior periods.
 
    This discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated
financial statements and notes thereto of Walter Industries, Inc. and
subsidiaries, particularly Note 1 of "Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements" on pages F-6 and F-7, which presents an unaudited pro forma
consolidated statement of operations for the year ended May 31, 1995 to
illustrate the estimated effects of the Consensual Plan and related financings
as if they had occurred as of June 1, 1994, and Note 15 of "Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements" on pages F-26 through F-28, which presents
sales and operating income by operating group.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
  YEARS ENDED MAY 31, 1997 AND 1996
 
    Net sales and revenues for the year ended May 31, 1997 were $21.4 million,
or 1.4%, above the prior year with a 2.8% increase in pricing and/or product mix
partially offset by a 1.4% decrease in volume. The decrease in volume was
principally the result of lower coal shipments, reflecting reduced production
levels. In addition, continued delays in federal spending for planned water and
sewer pipeline projects resulted in lower ductile iron pressure pipe shipments.
The increase in pricing primarily resulted from higher average net selling
prices for homes, ductile iron pressure pipe and coal.
 
    Homebuilding and Financing Group sales and revenues were $27.7 million, or
6.7%, greater than the prior year. This performance reflects a 12.3% increase in
the average net selling price per home sold, from $42,300 in 1996 to $47,500 in
1997, combined with a 3.7% increase in the number of homes sold, from 3,760
units in 1996 to 3,900 units in 1997. The higher average net selling price
reflects a greater percentage of "90% complete" homes sold in the current year
and price increases instituted to compensate for higher building material and
labor costs. The increase in unit sales reflects the decision by Jim Walter
Homes in December 1995 to reduce its financing rate from 10% to 8.5% for its
"90% complete" homes on a trial basis to generate additional unit sales. In
March 1996, the lower rate was formally advertised. Jim Walter Homes extended
the 8.5% financing rate to the remainder of its product line ("shell" and homes
sold at various "in-between" stages of interior finish) in the fourth quarter of
1997. Jim Walter Homes' backlog at May 31, 1997 was 1,972 units (all of which
are expected to be completed prior to the end of fiscal 1998) compared to 1,957
units at May 31, 1996. Time charge income (revenues received from Mid-State
Homes' instalment note portfolio) increased slightly from $231.1 million in 1996
to $231.4 million in 1997. This increase is attributable to increased payoffs
received in advance of maturity and to an increase in the average balance per
account in the portfolio, partially offset by a reduction in the total number of
accounts. Operating income of $81.7 million (net of interest expense) was $18.3
million greater than the prior year. This performance resulted from increases in
the average net selling price and number of homes sold, lower interest expense
in 1997 ($119.0 million) as compared to 1996 ($128.2 million), lower goodwill
amortization in 1997 ($28.5 million) versus 1996 ($31.2 million), and slightly
higher time charge income and homebuilding gross profit margins, partially
offset by higher selling, general and administrative expenses principally
resulting from changes to the base salary and commission structure at Jim Walter
Homes.
 
    Industrial Products Group sales and revenues were $12.6 million, or 4.4%,
greater than the prior year. Increased sales volumes of aluminum foil and sheet
products, slag wool, furnace coke, window components and metal building
products, combined with improved sales prices for furnace and foundry coke,
window components and metal building and foundry products, were partially offset
by lower sales volumes of foundry coke and lower sales prices for aluminum foil
and sheet products. The group's operating income in 1997 was $21.4 million,
compared to an operating loss of $10.4 million in 1996. The improved performance
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
was the result of the overall sales increases and higher gross profit margins
realized on furnace and foundry coke, slag wool, aluminum foil and sheet
products, window components and metal building and foundry products. Results for
1996 were adversely impacted by a $22.9 million write-off of goodwill,
reflecting the Company's adoption of FASB 121 (see Note 5 of "Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements").
 
    Water Transmission Products Group sales and revenues declined slightly in
1997. The group's performance reflected lower sales volumes, but higher selling
prices for ductile iron pressure pipe and fittings and higher selling prices and
sales volumes for valves and hydrants. The order backlog at May 31, 1997 was
108,341 tons, which represents approximately three months shipments, compared
with 121,734 tons at May 31, 1996. Operating income of $14.0 million was $3.5
million above the prior year. This increase was principally due to improved
operating efficiencies and lower raw material costs, especially for scrap iron,
the principal raw material used in the manufacture of ductile iron pressure
pipe.
 
    Natural Resources Group sales and revenues were $17.9 million, or 4.9%,
below the prior year. The decrease resulted from lower coal shipments due to
reduced production levels, a $3.7 million gain (in 1996) from the sale of gas
royalty interests in certain mineral properties, lower gains realized from the
sale of excess real estate in 1997 ($2.5 million) versus 1996 ($6.1 million) and
lower coal and timber royalty income, partially offset by higher average selling
prices for coal and methane gas and greater methane gas volume. A total of 6.95
million tons of coal was sold in 1997 versus 7.61 million tons in 1996, an 8.7%
decrease reflecting lower shipments to certain export customers, partially
offset by increased tonnage sold to Alabama Power Company ("Alabama Power"). The
average price per ton of coal sold increased $1.64 from $42.85 in 1996 to $44.49
in 1997 as a result of higher prices realized in the worldwide metallurgical
market and a greater percentage of tonnage sold to Alabama Power at above-market
contract prices. Methane gas sales volumes were 7.6 billion cubic feet in 1997
versus 6.8 billion cubic feet in 1996. The average selling price per thousand
cubic feet, which included a monthly reservation fee of $675,000, was $3.75 in
1997 versus $3.32 in 1996. The group's operating income in 1997 was $27.6
million compared to an operating loss of $105.9 million in 1996. Coal production
costs of $36.73 per ton in 1997 were slightly higher than 1996 costs of $36.12
per ton. Operating income of $27.6 million in 1997 includes settlement of a
legal claim related to a theft of coal inventory from the Port of Mobile,
Alabama, partially offset by a charge relating to a reduction in Jim Walter
Resources' salaried workforce under a voluntary early retirement program. The
operating loss of $105.9 million in 1996 included a $120.4 million FASB 121
write-down of fixed assets to estimated fair market values at two coal mines
(see Note 5 of "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements") and firefighting
and idle plant costs of $16 million, principally associated with a fire at Blue
Creek Mine No. 5 ("Mine No. 5") in November 1995. From December 1995 through
March 1997, Mine No. 5 accelerated development of its eastern reserves. While in
development, the mine's costs ($40.7 million) were capitalized.
 
    As a result of a previous fire that began in Mine No. 5 on November 17,
1993, the Company and Jim Walter Resources claimed compensable losses in the
amount of $25 million under their business interruption coverage. When the
insurers refused to pay their pro rata portion of the claim, the Company and Jim
Walter Resources commenced litigation seeking to enforce such insurance. The
Company has entered into settlement with several insurers who, in the aggregate,
have paid approximately $12.4 million to date, reducing the contract claims to
approximately $12.6 million. The Company and Jim Walter Resources continue to
pursue litigation against the remaining carriers, and a trial is tentatively
scheduled for October 1997 (see Note 12 of "Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements").
 
    Cost of sales, exclusive of depreciation, of $980.2 million was 78.4% of net
sales in 1997 versus $987.4 million and 80.9% in 1996. Cost of sales in 1996 was
adversely impacted by firefighting and idle plant costs associated with the Mine
No. 5 fire. In addition, 1997 costs were favorably affected by decreases in the
cost of scrap iron, the major raw material used in the manufacture of ductile
iron pressure pipe.
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
    Selling, general and administrative expenses of $144.7 million were 9.6% of
net sales and revenues in 1997 versus $135.8 million and 9.1% in 1996. The
increases principally reflect higher expenses at Jim Walter Homes and Jim Walter
Resources as previously discussed.
 
    Interest and amortization of debt expense was $179.3 million in 1997 versus
$208.7 million in 1996, reflecting lower outstanding debt balances and reduced
interest rates resulting from a debt refinancing completed on January 22, 1996.
The average rate of interest in 1997 was 8.1% compared to 9.1% in 1996. The
prime interest rate ranged from 8.25% to 8.5% in 1997 compared to a range of
8.25% to 9.0% in 1996.
 
    The Company's effective tax rate in 1997 and 1996 differed from the
statutory tax rate due to amortization of goodwill and the FASB 121 write-off of
goodwill of $22.9 million (in 1996), which are not deductible for tax purposes,
and percentage depletion. Also, in the fiscal 1996 fourth quarter, the Company
recorded approximately $27 million of non-recurring tax benefits resulting from
utilization of a capital loss carry forward, the Company's election to carry its
1995 net operating loss forward rather than back to prior years (thereby
avoiding the effect of a rate difference and loss of certain tax credits), and
other miscellaneous tax adjustments (see Note 9 of "Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements" for further discussion of income taxes).
 
    Net income for the year ended May 31, 1997 was $37.1 million compared to a
net loss of $84.7 million in 1996, reflecting all of the previously mentioned
factors as well as the impact of lower postretirement health benefits in 1997.
The loss in fiscal 1996 includes an extraordinary loss of $8.3 million ($5.4
million net of income tax benefit) consisting of a redemption premium and
write-off of deferred financing costs resulting from the debt refinancing
completed in January 1996.
 
YEARS ENDED MAY 31, 1996 AND PRO FORMA 1995
 
    Net sales and revenues for the year ended May 31, 1996 were $50.9 million,
or 3.6%, ahead of the prior year with a 3.0% increase in pricing and/or product
mix and a 0.6% increase in volume. This increase was the result of improved
sales and revenues in all operating groups.
 
    Homebuilding and Financing Group sales and revenues were $5.9 million, or
1.5%, ahead of the prior year. This performance reflects a 5.2% increase in the
average net selling price per home sold, from $40,200 in 1995 to $42,300 in
1996, partially offset by an 8.9% decrease in the number of homes sold, from
4,126 units in 1995 to 3,760 units in 1996. The higher average net selling price
reflects a greater percentage of "90% complete" homes sold in the current year
and a price increase instituted February 1, 1995 to compensate for higher
building material costs. The decrease in unit sales resulted from extremely
competitive conditions in virtually every Jim Walter Homes sales region. The
relatively low mortgage interest rate environment and higher availability of
mortgage financing for home buyers adversely affected Jim Walter Homes' sales
volumes. In an effort to generate additional unit sales, Jim Walter Homes in
December 1995 reduced its financing rate from 10% to 8.5% for its "90% complete"
homes on a trial basis and, in March 1996, began formally advertising the lower
rate. Jim Walter Homes' backlog at May 31, 1996 was 1,957 units compared to
1,529 units at May 31, 1995, a 28% increase. Time charge income (revenues
received from Mid-State Homes' instalment note portfolio) increased from $222.2
million in 1995 to $231.1 million in 1996 due to increased payoffs received in
advance of maturity and an increase in the average balance per account,
partially offset by a reduction in the total number of accounts. Operating
income of $63.4 million (net of interest expense) was $18.4 million greater than
the prior year. This performance reflected higher time charge income and
improved homebuilding gross profit margins (resulting from a higher average net
selling price per home sold and lower lumber costs) and lower interest expense
in 1996 ($128.2 million) as compared to that incurred in 1995 ($131.6 million),
partially offset by the lower number of homes sold.
 
    Water Transmission Products Group sales and revenues were $8.5 million, or
2.1%, ahead of the prior year. The increase was the result of higher sales
prices, partially offset by reduced volumes for ductile iron pressure pipe,
fittings and castings. Sales volumes were negatively impacted by severe winter
weather
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
conditions and delays in federal funding for planned water and sewer pipeline
projects. The order backlog at May 31, 1996 was 121,734 tons compared with
121,548 tons at May 31, 1995. Operating income of $10.5 million was $2.4 million
below the prior year. The lower performance resulted from the lower sales
volumes and higher raw material costs, especially for scrap iron and alloys
which are major raw material components, partially offset by higher sales
prices.
 
    Natural Resources Group sales and revenues exceeded the prior year by $30.8
million, or 9.3%. The increase resulted from greater sales volumes for coal and
methane gas, a higher average selling price for coal, higher outside gas and
timber royalty income and a $3.7 million gain (in 1996) from the sale of gas
royalty interests in certain mineral properties. Gains from sales of certain
excess real estate were $6.1 million in each year. A total of 7.61 million tons
of coal was sold in 1996 versus 7.20 million tons in 1995, a 5.7% increase
resulting from greater shipments to certain export customers, partially offset
by lower shipments to Alabama Power and Japanese steel mills. The average price
per ton of coal sold increased $1.51, from $41.34 in 1995 to $42.85 in 1996, due
to higher prices realized in the worldwide metallurgical market and to Alabama
Power. Mine No. 5 was shut down from November 17, 1993 through December 16, 1993
and from early April 1994 until May 16, 1994 as a result of a fire due to
spontaneous combustion heatings. Representatives of Jim Walter Resources, MSHA,
Alabama State Mine Inspectors and the
UMWA agreed that the longwall coal panel being mined in Mine No. 5 at the time
the fire recurred in April 1994 would be abandoned and sealed off. Development
mining for the two remaining longwall coal panels in this section of the mine
resumed on May 16, 1994 and mining on the first longwall panel resumed on
January 17, 1995. Production was adversely impacted until such date. As a result
of the fire, the Company and Jim Walter Resources claimed compensable losses in
the amount of $25 million under their business interruption insurance coverage.
When the insurers refused to pay their pro rata portion of the claim, the
Company commenced litigation seeking to enforce such insurance. The insurers
issued policies insuring various percentages of the risk. The Company has
entered into settlements with several insurers who, in the aggregate, paid
approximately $11.7 million through May 31, 1996, reducing the contract claims
in the lawsuit to $12.7 million. The Company and Jim Walter Resources continue
to pursue litigation against the remaining carriers, and a trial is tentatively
scheduled for October 1997 (see Note 12 of "Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements"). In November 1995, Mine No. 5 experienced another fire due to the
unexpected recurrence of spontaneous combustion heatings and the mine was shut
down. Efforts to contain and extinguish the fire were successful; however,
conditions dictated that the mine be shut down for several weeks. The affected
coal panels on the western side of the mine were then sealed off and development
work on the eastern side of the Mine was ongoing from December 1995 through May
1996. Such development work was completed in March 1997. Jim Walter Resources'
three other mines remained in full production during 1996 and 1995. The group
incurred an operating loss of $105.9 million in 1996 as compared to operating
income of $22.3 million in 1995. The lower performance reflects a $120.4 million
FASB 121 write-down of fixed assets to estimated fair market values at two coal
mines (see Note 5 of "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements") and
firefighting and idle plant costs of $16 million, principally associated with
the fire at Mine No. 5. These factors were partially offset by increased sales
volumes of coal and methane gas, a higher average sales price for coal, higher
gas and timber royalty income, the $3.7 million gain (in 1996) from the sale of
certain gas royalty interests and slightly lower costs per ton of coal produced
($36.12 in 1996 versus $37.13 in 1995).
 
    Industrial Products Group sales and revenues were $6.0 million, or 2.1%,
greater than the prior year. Increased selling prices for furnace and foundry
coke, aluminum foil products, window components and metal building and foundry
products combined with greater sales volumes of furnace and foundry coke,
resin-coated sand and patterns and tooling were partially offset by lower
aluminum sheet products selling prices and volumes and reduced sales volumes of
window components and metal building and foundry products. The group's operating
loss in 1996 was $10.4 million compared to operating income of $6.6 million in
1995. This performance reflects a $22.9 million FASB 121 write-off of excess of
purchase price over net assets acquired (goodwill) (see Note 5 of "Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements") lower window components sales volume, higher
raw material costs and reduced efficiencies due to prolonged
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
start-up problems associated with the consolidation and relocation of JW Window
Components' Hialeah, Florida and Columbus, Ohio operations to Elizabethton,
Tennessee. These decreases were partially offset by increased margins realized
on aluminum sheet and foil products, furnace coke and resin-coated sand.
 
    Cost of sales, exclusive of depreciation, of $987.4 million was 80.9% of net
sales in 1996 versus $951.4 million and 80.5% in 1995. The cost of sales
increase was primarily the result of lower gross profit margins for pipe
products, window components, patterns, tooling and metal building and foundry
products, combined with firefighting and idle plant costs principally associated
with the fire at Mine No. 5. These increases were partially offset by improved
profit margins on home sales, aluminum foil and sheet products, furnace coke and
resin-coated sand.
 
    Selling, general and administrative expenses of $135.8 million were 9.1% of
net sales and revenues in 1996 versus $130.6 million and 9.1% in 1995.
 
    Interest and amortization of debt expense was $208.7 million in 1996 versus
$223.2 million, on a pro forma basis in 1995, reflecting lower outstanding debt
balances and reduced interest rates resulting from the debt refinancing
completed on January 22, 1996. The average rate of interest in 1996 was 9.1% as
compared to 9.8%, on a pro forma basis in 1995. The prime interest rate ranged
from 8.25% to 9.0% in 1996 compared to a range of 7.25% to 9.0% in 1995.
 
    The Company's effective tax rate in 1996 and, on a pro forma basis, in 1995
differed from the statutory tax rate due to amortization of goodwill and the
FASB 121 write-off of goodwill of $22.9 million (in 1996) which are not
deductible for tax purposes. In addition, in the fiscal 1996 fourth quarter, the
Company recorded approximately $27 million of non-recurring tax benefits
resulting from utilization of a capital loss carry forward, the Company's
election to carry forward its net operating loss (thereby avoiding the effect of
a rate difference and loss of certain tax credits), and other miscellaneous tax
adjustments (see Note 9 of "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" for
further discussion of income taxes).
 
    On January 22, 1996, the Company completed a $550 million financing with a
syndicate of banks led by NationsBank National Association (South). The
financing consisted of a $365 million revolving credit facility (the "Revolving
Credit Facility"), a six-year $125 million term loan ("Term Loan A") and a $60
million seven-year term loan ("Term Loan B") (collectively, the "Credit
Facilities"). Proceeds from the financing, together with $75 million drawn under
the Mid-State Trust V Variable Funding Loan Agreement, were used to redeem in
full the $490 million aggregate amount of 12.19% Series B Senior Notes due 2000
(the "Senior Notes") at a redemption price of 101% of the principal amount
thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of redemption and
to replace an existing $150 million bank credit facility, both of which were
incurred as a result of the Company's emergence from bankruptcy in March 1995.
The Company recorded an extraordinary loss of $8.3 million ($5.4 million net of
income tax benefit) consisting of a redemption premium and write-off of
unamortized debt expense related to the early repayment of the Senior Notes and
the $150 million bank credit facility (see Note 8 of "Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements").
 
    The net loss for the year ended May 31, 1996 was $84.7 million compared to a
net loss of $38.3 million, on a pro forma basis, in 1995 reflecting all of the
previously mentioned factors as well as the impact of higher postretirement
health benefits in 1996.
 
YEARS ENDED MAY 31, 1995 AND 1994
 
    Net sales and revenues for the year ended May 31, 1995 were $113.8 million,
or 8.6%, greater than the prior year, with a 7.0% increase in volume and a 1.6%
increase in pricing and/or product mix. The increase in net sales and revenues
was the result of improved sales and revenues in all operating groups except
Homebuilding and Financing.
 
    Industrial Products Group sales and revenues were $56.7 million, or 25.2%,
greater than the prior year. Increased sales volumes of aluminum foil and sheet
products, foundry coke, chemicals, patterns and
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
tooling, resin-coated sand, window components and metal building and foundry
products, combined with higher selling prices for aluminum foil and sheet
products, furnace coke, window components and metal building and foundry
products and a $3.6 million gain from the sale of JW Window Components' Hialeah,
Florida facility were partially offset by reduced sales volumes of furnace coke
and slag wool. The Group's operating income of $6.6 million was $3.3 million
lower than the prior year. The decrease was the result of higher manufacturing
costs in the window components business due to increased raw material costs,
especially aluminum, a major raw material component, start-up costs associated
with the consolidation and relocation during 1995 of JW Window Components'
Hialeah, Florida and Columbus, Ohio, operations to Elizabethton, Tennessee and
reduced operating efficiencies, including start-up problems associated with the
relocation of Vestal Manufacturing's steel fabrication operation in May 1994.
These decreases were partially offset by increased income for aluminum foil and
sheet, foundry coke, chemicals, patterns and tooling and resin-coated sand due
to the sales increases, improved gross profit margins for furnace coke and the
gain from the Hialeah facility sale.
 
    Water Transmission Products Group sales and revenues were $55.2 million, or
15.5%, ahead of the prior year. The increase was the result of higher sales
volumes and prices for ductile iron pressure pipe, valves, hydrants and
castings. The order backlog for pressure pipe at May 31, 1995 was 121,548 tons
compared to 111,907 tons at May 31, 1994. Operating income of $13.0 million
exceeded the prior year by $3.0 million. The improved performance resulted from
the increased sales prices and volumes, partially offset by higher raw material
costs, especially scrap, a major raw material component.
 
    Natural Resources Group sales and revenues were $14.1 million, or 4.4%,
greater than the prior year. The increase resulted from greater sales volumes
for coal and a $6.1 million gain from the sale of excess real estate, partially
offset by lower sales prices for coal and methane gas and lower outside coal and
gas royalty income. A total of 7.20 million tons of coal was sold in 1995 versus
6.56 million tons in 1994, a 9.8% increase. The increase in tonnage sold was the
result of increased shipments to Alabama Power and certain export customers,
partially offset by lower shipments to Japanese steel mills. Increased shipments
to Alabama Power were the result of the New Alabama Power Contract for the sale
and purchase of coal, replacing the 1979 contract and the 1988 amendment
thereto. Under the New Alabama Power Contract, Alabama Power will purchase 4.0
million tons of coal per year from Jim Walter Resources during the period July
1, 1994 through August 31, 1999. The New Alabama Power Contract has a fixed
price subject to an escalation based on the Consumer Price Index or another
appropriate published index and adjustments for government impositions and
quality. The New Alabama Power Contract includes favorable modifications of
specification, shipping deviations and changes in transportation arrangements.
The average price per ton of coal sold decreased $2.79 from $44.13 in 1994 to
$41.34 in 1995 due to lower prices realized on shipments to Alabama Power, the
Japanese steel mills and certain export customers. Mine No. 5 was shut down from
November 17, 1993 through December 16, 1993 and from early April 1994 until May
16, 1994 as a result of a fire due to spontaneous combustion heatings.
Representatives of Jim Walter Resources, MSHA, Alabama State Mine Inspectors and
the UMWA agreed that the longwall coal panel being mined in Mine No. 5, at the
time the fire recurred in April 1994, would be abandoned and sealed off.
Development mining for the two remaining longwall coal panels in this section of
the mine resumed on May 16, 1994 and mining on the first longwall panel resumed
on January 17, 1995. Production was adversely impacted until such date. As a
result of the fire, the Company and Jim Walter Resources claimed compensable
losses in the amount of $25 million under their business interruption insurance
coverage. When the insurers refused to pay their pro rata part of the claim, the
Company commenced litigation seeking to enforce such insurance. (See Note 12 of
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.) Operating income of $22.3 million
exceeded the prior year by $21.4 million. The improved performance principally
resulted from the increased sales volumes of coal, lower costs per ton of coal
produced ($37.13 in 1995 versus $38.29 in 1994) and the gain on the sale of
certain excess real estate, partially offset by decreases in selling prices for
coal and methane gas and lower outside coal and gas royalty income.
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
    Homebuilding and Financing Group sales and revenues were $16.9 million, or
4.0%, below the prior year. This performance reflects a 4.7% decrease in the
number of homes sold, from 4,331 units in 1994 to 4,126 units in 1995, partially
offset by an increase in the average selling price per home sold, from $38,300
in 1994 to $40,200 in 1995. The decrease in unit sales was due to strong
competition in virtually every Jim Walter Homes sales region. The higher average
selling price in 1995 principally reflects a smaller percentage of the lower
priced Affordable line homes sold. Jim Walter Homes' backlog at May 31, 1995 was
1,529 units compared to 2,065 units at May 31, 1994. Time charge income
(revenues received from Mid-State Homes' instalment note portfolio) decreased
from $238.1 million in 1994 to $222.2 million in 1995. The decrease in time
charge income is attributable to a reduction in the total number of accounts and
lower payoffs received in advance of maturity, partially offset by an increase
in the average balance per account in the portfolio. The Group's operating
income of $45.0 million (net of interest expense) was $16.6 million below the
prior year. This decrease resulted from the lower number of homes sold, reduced
homebuilding gross profit margins resulting from discounts related to sales
promotions on certain models, the decrease in time charge income and higher
interest expense in 1995 ($131.6 million) as compared to that incurred in 1994
($128.8 million), partially offset by the increase in the average selling price
per home sold.
 
    Cost of sales, exclusive of depreciation, of $951.4 million was 80.5% of net
sales versus $845.1 million and 79.1% in 1994. The cost of sales percentage
increase was primarily the result of lower gross profit margins on homes sales,
pipe products, window components and metal building and foundry products.
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses of $130.6 million were 9.1% of net
sales and revenues in 1995 versus $127.9 million and 9.6% in 1994.
 
    Chapter 11 costs of $442.4 million in 1995 include $390 million in
settlement of all asbestos-related veil piercing claims and related legal fees
and $52.4 million for professional fees, settlement of various disputed claims
and other bankruptcy expenses.
 
    Interest and amortization of debt discount and expense increased $149.1
million principally due to $141.4 million of additional interest and
amortization of debt expense related to consummation of the Consensual Plan. The
average rate of interest in 1995 was 10.19% (such rate calculated excluding
$141.4 million additional interest and amortization of debt discount and expense
related to the consummation of the Consensual Plan) versus 9.58% in 1994. The
prime interest rate ranged from 7.25% to 9.0% in 1995 compared to a range of
6.0% to 7.25% in 1994. During the pendency of the Chapter 11 cases, the Company
did not accrue interest on its pre-filing date unsecured debt obligations.
 
    Amortization of excess of purchase price over net assets acquired (goodwill)
decreased $8.5 million primarily due to lower payoffs received in advance of
maturity on the instalment note portfolio.
 
    The income tax benefit for 1995 was $170.5 million, which included
recognition of tax benefits resulting from $583.8 million of additional expenses
related to consummation of the Consensual Plan previously mentioned, compared to
income tax expense of $28.9 million in 1994. On August 10, 1993, the Omnibus
Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993 was signed into law, raising the federal
corporate income tax rate to 35% from 34% retroactive to January 1, 1993. The
effect of the rate change resulted in a $2.8 million charge to deferred tax
expense in 1994.
 
    The net loss for 1995 and the net income for 1994 reflect all of the
previously mentioned factors as well as the impact of slightly higher
postretirement health benefits, partially offset by the greater interest income
from Chapter 11 proceedings.
 
FINANCIAL CONDITION
 
    On March 17, 1995, the Company and its subsidiaries emerged from bankruptcy
pursuant to the Consensual Plan. Despite the confirmation and effectiveness of
the Consensual Plan, the Bankruptcy
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
Court continues to have jurisdiction over the resolution of disputed prepetition
claims against the Company and other matters that may arise in connection with
or related to the Consensual Plan.
 
    A substantial controversy exists with regard to federal income taxes
allegedly owed by the Company. Proofs of claim have been filed by the Internal
Revenue Service for taxes, interest and penalties in the amount of $110,560,883
with respect to fiscal years ended August 31, 1980 and August 31, 1983 through
August 31, 1987; $31,468,189 with respect to fiscal years ended May 31, 1988
(nine months) and May 31, 1989; and $44,837,693 with respect to fiscal years
ended May 31, 1990 and May 31, 1991. These proofs of claim represent total
adjustments to taxable income of approximately $360 million for all tax periods
at issue. Objections to the proofs of claim have been filed by the Company and
the various issues are being litigated in the Bankruptcy Court. Included in the
proofs of claim is an adjustment to taxable income disallowing a deduction of
approximately $51 million for hedging losses incurred during fiscal 1988. This
issue was conceded by the Internal Revenue Service pursuant to a joint
stipulation of parties approved by the Bankruptcy Court by an order dated
January 3, 1997. The Company believes that the balance of such proofs of claim
are substantially without merit and intends to vigorously defend such claims
against the Company, but there can be no assurance as to the ultimate outcome.
 
    Since May 31, 1996, total debt has decreased $145.7 million resulting from
early repayments, net of borrowings, on the Revolving Credit Facility ($89.0
million), quarterly principal payments on Term Loan A and Term Loan B ($16.0
million), scheduled payments of Mid-State Trust II Mortgage-Backed Notes ($87.0
million), scheduled payments of Mid-State Trust III Asset Backed Notes ($30.7
million), scheduled payments of Mid-State Trust IV Asset Backed Notes ($61.1
million) and scheduled retirements of other long-term debt ($0.9 million),
partially offset by borrowings under the Mid-State Trust V Variable Funding Loan
Agreement ($139.0 million).
 
    The Credit Facilities contain a $365 million revolving credit facility which
includes a sub-facility for trade and other standby letters of credit up to $75
million at any time outstanding and a sub-facility for swingline advances not to
exceed/limited to $15 million at any time outstanding. At May 31, 1997, $40.0
million of letters of credit were outstanding under this facility.
 
    The Credit Facilities contain a number of significant covenants that, among
other things, restrict the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to
dispose of assets, incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends, create liens on
assets, enter into leases, make investments or acquisitions, engage in mergers
or consolidations or engage in certain transactions with subsidiaries and
affiliates and otherwise restricts corporate activities (including change of
control and asset sale transactions). In addition, under the Credit Facilities,
the Company is required to maintain specified financial ratios and comply with
certain financial tests, including interest coverage ratios, fixed charge
coverage ratios and maximum leverage ratios, some of which become more
restrictive over time. The Company was in compliance with these covenants at May
31, 1997 and believes it will meet these financial tests over the remaining
terms of these debt agreements.
 
    The Trust V Variable Funding Loan Agreement's covenants, among other things,
restrict the ability of Trust V to dispose of assets, create liens and engage in
mergers or consolidations. The Company was in compliance with these covenants at
May 31, 1997.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    At May 31, 1997, cash and cash equivalents net of bank overdrafts, were
approximately $10.3 million. Operating cash flows for the year ended May 31,
1997, together with issuance of long-term debt under the Revolving Credit
Facility and the Mid-State Trust V Variable Funding Loan Agreement, were
primarily used for working capital requirements, retirement of long-term senior
debt, interest payments and capital expenditures.
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
    Working capital is required to fund adequate levels of inventories and
accounts receivable. Commitments for capital expenditures at May 31, 1997 are
not material; however, it is estimated that gross capital expenditures for the
Company and its subsidiaries for the year ending May 31, 1998 will approximate
$105 million.
 
    Because the Company's operating cash flow is significantly influenced by the
general economy and, in particular, the level of construction, prior years'
results should not necessarily be used to predict the Company's liquidity,
capital expenditures, investment in instalment notes receivable or results of
operations. The Company believes that the Mid-State Trust V Variable Funding
Loan Agreement will provide Mid-State Homes with the funds needed to purchase
the instalment notes and mortgages generated by Jim Walter Homes. On June 11,
1997, Mid-State purchased from Mid-State Trust V mortgage instalment notes
having a gross amount of $1.196 billion and an economic balance of $462.3
million and subsequently sold such mortgage instalment notes to Mid-State Trust
VI ("Trust VI"), a business trust organized by Mid-State which owns all of the
beneficial interest in Trust VI. These sales were in exchange for the net
proceeds from the public issuance by Trust VI of $439.2 million of Trust VI
Asset Backed Notes. The notes were issued in four classes, bear interest at
rates ranging from 7.34% to 7.79% and have a final maturity of July 1, 2035.
Payments will be made quarterly on January 1, April 1, July 1, and October 1
based on collections on the underlying collateral less amounts paid for interest
on the notes and Trust VI expenses. Net proceeds from the public offering were
used primarily to pay down the Mid-State Trust V Variable Funding Loan Agreement
indebtedness of $384.0 million. It is anticipated that one or more permanent
financings similar to Mid-State Trust VI will be required over the next several
years to repay borrowings under the Mid-State Trust V Variable Funding Loan
Agreement. The Company believes that, under present operating conditions,
sufficient operating cash flow will be generated to make all required interest
and principal payments, planned capital expenditures and meet substantially all
operating needs. It is further expected that amounts available under the Credit
Facilities will be sufficient to meet peak operating needs of the Company.
 
PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT SAFE HARBOR STATEMENT
 
    This Form 10-K contains certain forward-looking statements (as such term is
defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995) and information
relating to the Company that is based on the beliefs of the management of the
Company, as well as assumptions made by and information currently available to
the management of the Company. When used in this Form 10-K, the words
"estimate," "project," "believe," "anticipate," "intend," "expect," and similar
expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Such statements
reflect the current views of the Company with respect to future events and are
subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ
materially from those contemplated in such forward-looking statements. Readers
are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements,
which speak only as of the date hereof. The Company does not undertake any
obligation to publicly release any revisions to these forward looking statements
to reflect events or circumstances after the date hereof or to reflect the
occurrence of unanticipated events.
 
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
 
See Index to Financial Statements on page F-1
 
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON
  ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
 
None
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
                                    PART III
 
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
 
Incorporated by reference to pages 5 through 7 of the Proxy Statement (the
"Proxy Statement") included in the Schedule 14A filed by the Company with the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") on August 12, 1997 under
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Certain information with
respect to executive officers is included in Part I, Item 4A.
 
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
Incorporated by reference to pages 13 through 21 of the Proxy Statement.
 
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
 
Incorporated by reference to pages 10 through 12 of the Proxy Statement.
 
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
 
Incorporated by reference to page 9 of the Proxy Statement.
 
                                    PART IV
 
ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K
 
        (a) Financial Statements and Schedules--See Index to Financial
    Statements on page F-1.
 
        (b) Reports on Form 8-K-- Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission
                                on July 2, 1997.
                              Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission
                                on October 30, 1997.
 
        (c) Exhibits--See Index to Exhibits on page E-1 and E-2.
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
    Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                           <C>
                                                          WALTER INDUSTRIES, INC.
 
               November 6, 1997                             /s/ DEAN M. FJELSTUL
                                              ------------------------------------------------
                                                  Dean M. Fjelstul, Senior Vice President
                                                      and Principal Financial Officer
</TABLE>
 
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                           <C>
               November 6, 1997                            /s/ KENNETH E. HYATT*
                                              ------------------------------------------------
                                                        Kenneth E. Hyatt, Chairman,
                                                  Director and Principal Executive Officer
 
               November 6, 1997                             /s/ RICHARD E. ALMY*
                                              ------------------------------------------------
                                                 Richard E. Almy, Executive Vice President,
                                                  Director and Principal Operating Officer
 
               November 6, 1997                          /s/ HOWARD L. CLARK, JR.*
                                              ------------------------------------------------
                                                       Howard L. Clark, Jr., Director
 
               November 6, 1997                             /s/ JAMES B. FARLEY*
                                              ------------------------------------------------
                                                         James B. Farley, Director
 
               November 6, 1997                             /s/ ELIOT M. FRIED*
                                              ------------------------------------------------
                                                          Eliot M. Fried, Director
 
               November 6, 1997                              /s/ PERRY GOLKIN*
                                              ------------------------------------------------
                                                           Perry Golkin, Director
 
               November 6, 1997                            /s/ JAMES L. JOHNSON*
                                              ------------------------------------------------
                                                         James L. Johnson, Director
 
               November 6, 1997                            /s/ MICHAEL T. TOKARZ*
                                              ------------------------------------------------
                                                        Michael T. Tokarz, Director
</TABLE>
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                                           <C>
               November 6, 1997                             /s/ JAMES W. WALTER*
                                              ------------------------------------------------
                                                         James W. Walter, Director
 
               November 6, 1997                             /s/ DEAN M. FJELSTUL
                                              ------------------------------------------------
                                                  Dean M. Fjelstul, Senior Vice President
                                                      and Principal Financial Officer
 
               November 6, 1997                              /s/ FRANK A. HULT
                                              ------------------------------------------------
                                                 Frank A. Hult, Vice President, Controller
                                                      and Principal Accounting Officer
</TABLE>
 
                   /s/ FRANK A. HULT
             ------------------------------
                     Frank A. Hult
  *By:              Attorney-in-fact
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        PAGES
                                                                                                    --------------
<S>                                                                                                 <C>
 
Walter Industries, Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
  Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants..............................................       F-2
 
  Consolidated Balance Sheet--May 31, 1997 and 1996...............................................       F-3
 
  Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Three Years Ended
    May 31, 1997..................................................................................       F-4
 
  Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the Three Years Ended
    May 31, 1997..................................................................................       F-5
 
  Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements......................................................   F-6 to F-28
 
  Financial Statement Schedules for the three years ended May 31, 1997:
 
  Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants On Financial
    Statement Schedules...........................................................................       F-29
 
  Schedule III--Valuation and Qualifying Accounts.................................................   F-30 to F-32
</TABLE>
 
    All other schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable or the
required information is included in the financial statements or notes thereto.
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
               REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
Walter Industries, Inc.
 
    In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the related
consolidated statements of operations and of cash flows present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of Walter Industries, Inc. and its
subsidiaries at May 31, 1997 and 1996, and the results of their operations and
their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended May 31, 1997 in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management; our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with
generally accepted auditing standards which require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements,
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed
above.
 
/S/ PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
 
Price Waterhouse LLP
 
Tampa, Florida
 
July 10, 1997
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                    WALTER INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 MAY 31,
                                                                                       ---------------------------
<S>                                                                                    <C>           <C>
                                                                                           1997          1996
                                                                                       ------------  -------------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                    <C>           <C>
                                       ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents (Notes 3 and 14)...........................................  $     35,782  $      32,543
Short-term investments, restricted (Notes 3 and 14)..................................       195,371        175,432
Marketable securities (Notes 3 and 14)...............................................        41,222         49,338
Instalment notes receivable (Notes 4, 8 and 14)......................................     4,256,845      4,208,252
  Less--Provision for possible losses................................................       (26,394)       (26,138)
        Unearned time charges........................................................    (2,896,517)    (2,851,961)
                                                                                       ------------  -------------
          Net........................................................................     1,333,934      1,330,153
Trade receivables....................................................................       170,236        178,847
  Less--Provision for possible losses................................................        (8,225)        (8,180)
                                                                                       ------------  -------------
          Net........................................................................       162,011        170,667
Other notes and accounts receivable..................................................        20,880         21,055
Inventories, at lower of cost (first in, first out or average) or market
  Finished goods.....................................................................       117,949        124,456
  Goods in process...................................................................        32,291         32,798
  Raw materials and supplies.........................................................        52,066         51,674
  Houses held for resale.............................................................         3,068          2,517
                                                                                       ------------  -------------
          Total inventories..........................................................       205,374        211,445
Prepaid expenses.....................................................................        11,862         11,937
Property, plant and equipment, at cost (Notes 5 and 6)...............................       978,006        888,991
  Less--Accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization.........................      (409,830)      (347,455)
                                                                                       ------------  -------------
          Net........................................................................       568,176        541,536
Investments..........................................................................         5,112          6,646
Deferred income taxes (Note 9).......................................................       109,023        155,171
Unamortized debt expense (Note 8)....................................................        22,793         29,548
Other assets (Note 13)...............................................................        41,671         44,971
Excess of purchase price over net assets acquired (Notes 1, 5 and 7).................       274,174        310,935
                                                                                       ------------  -------------
                                                                                       $  3,027,385  $   3,091,377
                                                                                       ------------  -------------
                                                                                       ------------  -------------
 
                        LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Bank overdrafts (Note 3).............................................................  $     25,523  $      28,194
Accounts payable.....................................................................        86,418         74,330
Accrued expenses.....................................................................       131,768        120,477
Income taxes payable (Note 9)........................................................        58,884         56,238
Long-term senior debt (Notes 4, 8 and 14):
  Mortgage-backed/asset backed notes.................................................     1,752,125      1,791,946
  Other senior debt..................................................................       313,450        419,350
Accrued interest.....................................................................        23,220         28,819
Accumulated postretirement health benefits obligation (Note 13)......................       268,959        247,827
Other long-term liabilities (Note 13)................................................        47,626         47,502
Stockholders' equity (Notes 1, 10 and 11):
  Common stock, $.01 par value per share:
    Authorized--200,000,000 shares
    Issued--55,063,412 shares and 54,868,335 shares..................................           551            549
  Capital in excess of par value.....................................................     1,164,261      1,159,332
  Retained earnings (deficit)........................................................      (840,744)      (877,861)
  Excess of additional pension liability over unrecognized
    prior years service cost.........................................................        (4,656)        (5,326)
                                                                                       ------------  -------------
          Total stockholders' equity.................................................       319,412        276,694
                                                                                       ------------  -------------
                                                                                       $  3,027,385  $   3,091,377
                                                                                       ------------  -------------
                                                                                       ------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                    WALTER INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                FOR THE YEARS ENDED MAY 31,
                                                                          ----------------------------------------
<S>                                                                       <C>           <C>           <C>
                                                                              1997          1996          1995
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                          (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                                                       <C>           <C>           <C>
Sales and revenues:
  Net sales.............................................................  $  1,251,022  $  1,220,397  $  1,181,635
  Time charges (Note 4).................................................       231,388       231,104       222,221
  Miscellaneous.........................................................        24,651        34,134        30,838
  Interest income from Chapter 11 proceedings (Note 1)..................       --            --              7,628
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                             1,507,061     1,485,635     1,442,322
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
Cost and expenses:
  Cost of sales.........................................................       980,235       987,354       951,381
  Depreciation, depletion and amortization (Note 6).....................        71,814        74,341        72,037
  Selling, general and administrative...................................       144,703       135,840       130,616
  Postretirement health benefits (Note 13)..............................        22,710        27,129        25,961
  Provision for possible losses.........................................         3,340         4,367         4,485
  Chapter 11 costs (Note 1).............................................       --            --            442,362
  Interest and amortization of debt discount and expense (Notes 1 and
    8)..................................................................       179,291       208,690       304,548
  Amortization of excess of purchase price over net assets acquired
    (Note 7)............................................................        34,870        39,096        40,027
  Long-lived asset impairment (Note 5)..................................       --            143,265       --
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                             1,436,963     1,620,082     1,971,417
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                                70,098      (134,447)     (529,095)
Income tax benefit (expense) (Note 9):
  Current...............................................................        (8,244)         (621)       80,754
  Deferred..............................................................       (24,737)       55,776        89,696
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
Income (loss) before extraordinary item.................................        37,117       (79,292)     (358,645)
Extraordinary item--loss on debt repayment (net of income tax benefit of
  $2,910) (Note 8)......................................................       --             (5,404)      --
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
Net income (loss).......................................................  $     37,117  $    (84,696) $   (358,645)
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
Net income (loss) per share (Note 10):
  Income (loss) before extraordinary item...............................  $        .67  $      (1.56) $      (7.10)
  Extraordinary item....................................................       --               (.10)      --
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
    Net income (loss)...................................................  $        .67  $      (1.66) $      (7.10)
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                    WALTER INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     FOR THE YEARS ENDED MAY 31,
                                                                                   -------------------------------
<S>                                                                                <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                                     1997       1996       1995
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                <C>        <C>        <C>
OPERATIONS
  Income (loss) before extraordinary item........................................  $  37,117  $ (79,292) $(358,645)
  Charges to income not affecting cash:
    Settlement of Chapter 11 claims with debt and new common stock...............     --         --        444,752
    Depreciation, depletion and amortization.....................................     71,814     74,341     72,037
    Provision for deferred income taxes..........................................     24,737    (55,776)   (89,696)
    Accumulated postretirement health benefits obligation (Note 13)..............     21,132     19,416     18,449
    Provision for other long-term liabilities....................................      1,336     (4,034)       294
    Amortization of excess of purchase price over net assets acquired (Note 7)...     34,870     39,096     40,027
    Amortization of debt discount and expense....................................      6,914      7,250     11,783
    Long-lived asset impairment (Note 5).........................................     --        143,265     --
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                     197,920    144,266    139,001
  Decrease (increase) in:
    Short-term investments, restricted (Notes 3 and 14)..........................    (19,939)   (47,430)   (20,450)
    Marketable securities (Notes 3 and 14).......................................      8,116     20,534     92,168
    Instalment notes receivable, net (a).........................................     (3,781)    30,875     (1,849)
    Trade and other receivables, net.............................................      8,831     (8,900)   (44,009)
    Federal income tax receivable................................................     --         99,875    (99,875)
    Inventories..................................................................      6,071    (15,008)   (23,858)
    Prepaid expenses.............................................................         75        757     (1,359)
    Deferred income taxes (Note 9)...............................................     21,411    (79,941)    --
  Increase (decrease) in:
    Bank overdrafts (Note 3).....................................................     (2,671)    (5,552)     3,867
    Accounts payable.............................................................     14,850     (7,361)    28,925
    Accrued expenses.............................................................     11,937      7,054     28,242
    Income taxes payable (Note 9)................................................      2,646      2,977    (15,348)
    Accrued interest.............................................................     (5,599)    (9,033)    24,156
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
      Cash flows from operations.................................................    239,867    133,113    109,611
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
  Issuance of long-term senior debt (Notes 4, 8 and 14)..........................    159,000    680,000    974,450
  Additions to unamortized debt expense..........................................       (159)    (6,045)   (17,153)
  Extraordinary item-loss on debt repayment......................................     --         (5,404)    --
  Charge to income not affecting cash:
    Write off of unamortized debt expense........................................     --          3,414     --
    Provision for deferred income tax............................................     --         (2,910)    --
  Retirement of long-term senior debt (Notes 4, 8 and 14)........................   (304,721)  (689,074)  (120,250)
  Disposition of liabilities subject to Chapter 11 proceedings...................      3,427    (63,932)  (604,044)(b)
  Payment of accrued postpetition interest on Chapter 11 secured debt
    obligations..................................................................     --         --       (244,334)
  Fractional share payments......................................................        (13)        (8)    --
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
    Cash flows used in financing activities......................................   (142,466)   (83,959)   (11,331)
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
  Additions to property, plant and equipment, net of normal retirements..........    (98,454)   (73,485)   (76,966)
  Decrease (increase) in investments and other assets............................      4,292     (1,261)    (4,442)
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
    Cash flows used in investing activities......................................    (94,162)   (74,746)   (81,408)
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents...........................      3,239    (25,592)    16,872
  Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year (Notes 3 and 14)................     32,543     58,135     41,263
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
  Cash and cash equivalents at end of year (Notes 3 and 14)......................  $  35,782  $  32,543  $  58,135
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(a) Consists of sales and resales, net of repossessions and provision for
    possible losses, of $173,418,000, $148,749,000 and $155,236,000 and cash
    collections on account and payouts in advance of maturity of $169,637,000,
    $179,624,000 and $153,387,000, for the years ended May 31, 1997, 1996 and
    1995, respectively.
 
(b) In addition, $490 million of Series B Senior Notes and 44,050,974 shares of
    new common stock were issued to satisfy a portion of the allowed claims of
    holders of secured and subordinated debt, settle a portion of the
    asbestos-related veil-piercing claims and 6,443,339 shares of new common
    stock were issued to the former shareholders in cancellation of their
    original holdings.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                    WALTER INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE 1--RECENT HISTORY
 
    Walter Industries, Inc. (the "Company") was organized in 1987 for the
purpose of acquiring Jim Walter Corporation ("Original Jim Walter"). The
Company's financial statements reflect the allocation of the purchase price of
Original Jim Walter based upon the fair value of the assets acquired and the
liabilities assumed. On December 27, 1989, the Company and most of its
subsidiaries each filed a voluntary petition for reorganization under Chapter 11
of Title 11 of the United States Code in the United States Bankruptcy Court for
the Middle District of Florida, Tampa Division (the "Bankruptcy Court"). The
Company emerged from bankruptcy on March 17, 1995 (the "Effective Date")
pursuant to the Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization Dated as of December 9,
1994, as modified on March 1, 1995 (as so modified the "Consensual Plan").
Despite the confirmation and effectiveness of the Consensual Plan, the
Bankruptcy Court continues to have jurisdiction over, among other things, the
resolution of disputed prepetition claims against the Company and other matters
that may arise in connection with or relate to the Consensual Plan. The
following unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations for fiscal
1995 was prepared to illustrate the estimated effects of the Consensual Plan and
related financings as if they had occurred as of June 1, 1994.
 
                 PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                                  (UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       FOR THE YEAR ENDED MAY 31, 1995
                                                                   ----------------------------------------
<S>                                                                <C>           <C>          <C>
                                                                   AS REPORTED   ADJUSTMENTS    PRO FORMA
                                                                   ------------  -----------  -------------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNT)
<S>                                                                <C>           <C>          <C>
Sales and revenues:
  Net sales......................................................  $  1,181,635               $   1,181,635
  Time charges...................................................       222,221                     222,221
  Miscellaneous..................................................        30,838                      30,838
  Interest income from Chapter 11 proceedings....................         7,628   $  (7,628)(1)            --
                                                                   ------------  -----------  -------------
                                                                      1,442,322      (7,628)      1,434,694
                                                                   ------------  -----------  -------------
Cost and expenses:
  Cost of sales..................................................       951,381                     951,381
  Depreciation, depletion and amortization.......................        72,037                      72,037
  Selling, general and administrative............................       130,616                     130,616
  Postretirement health benefits.................................        25,961                      25,961
  Provision for possible losses..................................         4,485                       4,485
  Chapter 11 costs...............................................       442,362    (442,362)(2)
  Interest and amortization of debt discount and expense.........       304,548     (81,364)(3)       223,184
  Amortization of excess of purchase price over net assets
    acquired.....................................................        40,027                      40,027
                                                                   ------------  -----------  -------------
                                                                      1,971,417    (523,726)      1,447,691
                                                                   ------------  -----------  -------------
                                                                       (529,095)    516,098         (12,997)
 
Income tax benefit (expense).....................................       170,450    (195,730)(4)       (25,280)
                                                                   ------------  -----------  -------------
Net income (loss)................................................  $   (358,645)  $ 320,368   $     (38,277)
                                                                   ------------  -----------  -------------
                                                                   ------------  -----------  -------------
Net loss per share...............................................                             $        (.75)(5)
                                                                                              -------------
                                                                                              -------------
Weighted average shares outstanding..............................                                50,988,626
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
                                                        (FOOTNOTES ON NEXT PAGE)
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                    WALTER INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 1--RECENT HISTORY (CONTINUED)
FOOTNOTES FOR PRECEDING PAGE)
 
Changes from the historical financial statement in the pro forma consolidated
statement of operations consist of the following adjustments:
 
(1) Interest income from Chapter 11 proceedings of $7,628,000, which would not
    have been realized assuming the Consensual Plan became effective June 1,
    1994, has been eliminated.
 
(2) Chapter 11 costs of $442,362,000, which would not have been incurred
    assuming the Consensual Plan became effective June 1, 1994, have been
    eliminated.
 
(3) Interest and amortization of debt discount and expense has been reduced
    $81,364,000 to give retroactive effect as if all indebtedness to be repaid
    pursuant to the Consensual Plan was so done as of June 1, 1994 and the $490
    million of Series B Senior Notes had been outstanding for the full year
    ended May 31, 1995. Borrowings under the Trust IV Asset Backed Notes were
    assumed to increase during the period June 1, 1994 through November 30, 1994
    proportionately with the comparable period increase in the outstanding
    economic balance of the instalment notes sold by Mid-State to Trust IV on
    March 16, 1995. Borrowings under the Trust V Variable Funding Loan Agreement
    were based on 78% of Jim Walter Homes' credit sales during the six-month
    period December 1, 1994 through May 31, 1995. This time period is subsequent
    to the Trust IV cut-off date for purchases of instalment notes from
    Mid-State. No working capital borrowings were assumed under the Bank Credit
    Facility. Pro forma interest expense, however, includes letter of credit
    fees and unused working capital commitment fees.
 
(4) The provision for income taxes has been adjusted at the applicable statutory
    rates to give effect to the pro forma adjustments described above.
 
(5) Net loss per share has been computed based on the weighted average number of
    common shares outstanding (including 494,313 additional shares of Common
    Stock issued six months after the Effective Date of the Consensual Plan, but
    not including 3,880,140 additional shares which have been issued to an
    escrow account and would be anti-dilutive).
 
NOTE 2--PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
 
    The Company, through its direct and indirect subsidiaries, currently offers
a diversified line of products and services for homebuilding, water and waste
water transmission, coal mining and related degasification, residential and
non-residential construction, and industrial markets. The consolidated financial
statements include the accounts of the Company and all of its subsidiaries.
Preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements. Actual
results could differ from those estimates. All significant intercompany balances
have been eliminated. In addition, certain reclassifications have been made in
the accompanying consolidated financial statements in order to conform with the
fiscal 1997 presentation.
 
NOTE 3--CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, RESTRICTED SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS AND
MARKETABLE SECURITIES
 
    Cash and cash equivalents include short-term deposits and highly liquid
investments which have original maturities of three months or less and are
stated at cost which approximates market. The Company's cash management system
provides for the reimbursement of all major bank disbursement
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                    WALTER INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 3--CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, RESTRICTED SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS AND
MARKETABLE SECURITIES (CONTINUED)
accounts on a daily basis. Checks issued but not yet presented to the banks for
payment are classified as bank overdrafts.
 
    Restricted short-term investments include (i) temporary investment of
reserve funds and collections on instalment notes receivable owned by Mid-State
Trusts II, III, IV and V ($101,467,000) which are available only to pay expenses
of the Trusts and principal and interest on indebtedness of the Trusts, (ii)
certain funds held by Trust II that are in excess of the amount required to be
paid for expenses, principal and interest on the Trust II Mortgage-Backed Notes
but which are subject to retention ($79,706,000) and (iii) miscellaneous other
segregated accounts restricted to specific uses ($14,198,000).
 
    Investments with original maturities greater than three months are
classified as marketable securities. In accordance with Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 115-- "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and
Equity Securities," the Company's marketable securities are classified as
available for sale and are carried at estimated fair values.
 
NOTE 4--INSTALMENT NOTES RECEIVABLE
 
    The instalment notes receivable arise from sales of partially finished homes
to customers for time payments primarily over periods of twelve to thirty years
and are secured by first mortgages or similar security instruments. The credit
terms offered by Jim Walter Homes, Inc. ("Jim Walter Homes") are usually for
100% of the purchase price of the home and the instalment notes receivable
currently carry either an 8.5% or 10% annual percentage rate, without points or
closing costs. Revenue and income from the sale of homes is included in income
upon completion of construction and legal transfer to the customer. The buyer's
ownership of the land and the improvements necessary to complete the home
constitute a significant equity investment to which the Company has access
should the buyer default on payment of the instalment note obligation. Of the
gross amount of $4,256,845,000 an amount of $3,967,340,000 is due after one
year. Instalment payments estimated to be receivable within each of the five
years from May 31, 1997 are $289,505,000, $284,802,000, $277,990,000,
$270,327,000 and $262,932,000, respectively, and $2,871,289,000 after five
years. Of the gross amount of instalment notes receivable of $4,256,845,000,
19%, 12% and 11% are secured by homes located in the states of Texas,
Mississippi and Florida, respectively. Time charges are included in equal parts
in each monthly payment and are taken into income as collected. This method
approximates the interest method since a much larger provision for loan losses
and other expenses would be required if time charge income were accelerated. The
aggregate amount of instalment notes receivable having at least one payment 90
or more days delinquent was 2.78% and 3.14% of total instalment notes receivable
at May 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
 
    Mid-State Homes, Inc. ("Mid-State") purchases instalment notes from Jim
Walter Homes on homes constructed and sold by Jim Walter Homes and services such
instalment mortgage notes. Mid-State Trust II ("Trust II"), Mid-State Trust III
("Trust III") and Mid-State Trust IV ("Trust IV") are business trusts organized
by Mid-State, which owns all of the beneficial interest in Trust III and Trust
IV. Trust IV owns all of the beneficial interest in Trust II. The Trusts were
organized for the purpose of purchasing instalment notes receivable from
Mid-State with the net proceeds from the issuance of the Trust II
Mortgage-Backed Notes, the Trust III Asset Backed Notes and the Trust IV Asset
Backed Notes. The assets of Trust II, Trust III and Trust IV, including the
instalment notes receivable, are not available to satisfy claims of general
creditors of the Company and its subsidiaries. The liabilities of Trusts II, III
and IV for their publicly issued debt are to be satisfied solely from the
proceeds of the underlying instalment notes and are non-recourse
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                    WALTER INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 4--INSTALMENT NOTES RECEIVABLE (CONTINUED)
to the Company and its subsidiaries. The gross amount of instalment notes
receivable at May 31, 1997 was $4,256,845,000 and had an economic balance of
$2,019,581,000. The economic balance of an account is the present value of the
future scheduled monthly payments due on the account. Such present value is
calculated by discounting the remaining future scheduled monthly payments on an
account by the effective financing rate. The effective financing rate is
determined by calculating the discount rate which, when applied in a present
value calculation, results in the present value of all originally scheduled
monthly payments on such account being equal to the original amount financed. In
effect, the economic balance of an account is the amount of principal that can
be amortized by the instalment payments due over the remaining term of the
account at the effective financing rate. Instalment notes receivable owned by
Trust II had a gross book value of $966,072,000 and an economic balance of
$609,227,000; receivables owned by Trust III had a gross book value of
$364,872,000 and an economic balance of $195,535,000; and receivables owned by
Trust IV had a gross book value of $1,612,880,000 and an economic balance of
$704,532,000. Mid-State Trust V ("Trust V"), a business trust in which Mid-State
holds all the beneficial interest, was organized to hold instalment notes
receivable as collateral for borrowings to provide temporary financing to
Mid-State for its current purchases of instalment notes and mortgages from Jim
Walter Homes. At May 31, 1997, receivables owned by Trust V had a gross book
value of $1,310,206,000 and an economic balance of $509,059,000 (see Note 8).
Instalment notes receivable not pledged to the trusts had a gross book value of
$2,815,000 and an economic balance of $1,228,000.
 
NOTE 5--LONG-LIVED ASSET IMPAIRMENT
 
    In March 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 121 C "Accounting for the Impairment of
Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of " ("FASB 121")
which became effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1995
(fiscal year 1997 for the Company). The Company elected to adopt FASB 121 during
the third quarter of fiscal 1996 as a result of significant adverse changes in
the results of operations during fiscal 1996, principally in the Natural
Resources business segment. A fire which resulted from the unexpected recurrence
of spontaneous combustion heatings at Jim Walter Resources' Mine No. 5 at the
end of the fiscal second quarter, as well as various geological problems at the
three other coal mines during portions of the year, led to the conclusion that
there was an impairment of fixed assets within the Natural Resources segment.
 
    After performing a review for asset impairment at each of the Company's
business segments and applying the principles of measurement contained in FASB
121, the Company recorded a charge against earnings in 1996 of $143,265,000
before tax ($101,125,000 after tax). The charge included a $120,400,000 pre-tax
($78,260,000 after tax) write-down of fixed assets at two coal mines in the
Natural Resources segment to their estimated fair market values. Fair market
values were based principally on expected future discounted cash flows. In
addition, a $22,865,000 write-off of excess of purchase price over net assets
acquired was recorded in the Industrial Products segment, substantially all of
which was at JW Window Components, Inc. Adoption of this standard had no impact
on cash flow.
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                    WALTER INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 6--PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Property, plant and equipment are summarized as follows (see Note 5):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               MAY 31,
                                                                        ----------------------
<S>                                                                     <C>         <C>
                                                                           1997        1996
                                                                        ----------  ----------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                     <C>         <C>
Land and minerals.....................................................  $  150,667  $  150,708
Land improvements.....................................................      20,476      18,143
Buildings and leasehold improvements..................................     106,004      98,452
Mine development costs................................................      80,363      47,930
Machinery and equipment...............................................     597,357     548,562
Construction in progress..............................................      23,139      25,196
                                                                        ----------  ----------
  Total...............................................................  $  978,006  $  888,991
                                                                        ----------  ----------
                                                                        ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
    The Company provides depreciation for financial reporting purposes
principally on the straight line method over the useful lives of the assets.
Assets (primarily mine development costs) extending for the full life of a coal
mine are depreciated on the unit of production basis. For federal income tax
purposes, accelerated methods are used for substantially all eligible
properties. The depreciable property categories and the principal rates for
depreciation used are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                       <C>
Land improvements.......................................  3.5% to 10%
Buildings...............................................  2% to 20%
Leasehold improvements..................................  Over term of
                                                          leases
Mine development costs..................................  Over life of mines
Machinery and equipment.................................  3.5% to 33.3%
</TABLE>
 
    Depletion of minerals is provided based on estimated recoverable quantities.
 
    The Company has capitalized interest on qualifying properties in accordance
with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 34. Interest capitalized
for the years ended May 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 was immaterial.
 
    Rental expense for all operating leases was $12.0 million, $11.0 million and
$10.0 million for the fiscal years ended May 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995,
respectively. Future minimum payments under noncancelable operating leases at
May 31, 1997 are: 1998, $11.3 million; 1999, $7.8 million; 2000, $6.7 million;
2001, $6.6 million; and 2002, $5.4 million.
 
NOTE 7--EXCESS OF PURCHASE PRICE OVER NET ASSETS ACQUIRED
 
    The excess of purchase price over net assets acquired in connection with the
acquisition of Original Jim Walter is being amortized over periods ranging up to
twenty years. The Company evaluates, on a regular basis, whether events or
circumstances have occurred that indicate the carrying amount of goodwill may
warrant revision or may not be recoverable. The Company measures impairment of
goodwill based upon estimated future undiscounted cash flows from operations of
the related business unit (see Note 5). At May 31, 1997, the accumulated
amortization of goodwill was approximately $478.1 million. At May 31, 1997, the
net unamortized balance of goodwill is not considered to be impaired.
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                    WALTER INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 8--DEBT
 
    Long-term debt, in accordance with its contractual terms, consisted of the
following at each year end:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 MAY 31,
                                                                                        --------------------------
<S>                                                                                     <C>           <C>
                                                                                            1997          1996
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                     <C>           <C>
Senior debt:
  Walter Industries, Inc.
    Revolving Credit Facility.........................................................  $    146,000  $    235,000
    Term Loan A.......................................................................       106,250       121,250
    Term Loan B.......................................................................        58,750        59,750
    Other.............................................................................         2,450         3,350
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
                                                                                             313,450       419,350
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
  Mid-State Trusts
    Trust II Mortgage-Backed Notes....................................................       410,000       497,000
    Trust III Asset Backed Notes......................................................       116,934       147,669
    Trust IV Asset Backed Notes.......................................................       841,191       902,277
    Trust V Variable Funding Loan.....................................................       384,000       245,000
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
                                                                                           1,752,125     1,791,946
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
      Total...........................................................................  $  2,065,575  $  2,211,296
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
    Interest paid in cash for the years ended May 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 was
$179,749,000, $220,959,000 and $437,357,000, respectively.
 
    On January 22, 1996, the Company completed a $550 million financing with a
syndicate of banks led by NationsBank National Association (South). The
financing consisted of a $365 million revolving credit facility ("Revolving
Credit Facility"), a $125 million six-year term loan ("Term Loan A") and a $60
million seven-year term loan ("Term Loan B") (collectively the "Credit
Facilities"). Proceeds from the financing, together with $75 million drawn under
the Trust V Variable Funding Loan Agreement, were used to redeem in full $490
million aggregate amount of Series B Senior Notes Due 2000 (the "Senior Notes")
at a redemption price of 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and
unpaid interest thereon to the date of redemption and to replace the existing
$150 million bank credit facility, both issued in connection with the Company's
emergence from bankruptcy in March 1995. The Company recorded an extraordinary
loss of $8,314,000 ($5,404,000 net of income tax benefit) consisting of a
redemption premium and the write-off of unamortized debt expense related to the
early repayment of the Senior Notes and the $150 million bank credit facility.
The Credit Facilities are secured by a pledge of intercompany notes and stock of
certain subsidiaries of the Company. Net cash proceeds from certain asset sales
must be applied to permanently reduce the Credit Facilities and, beginning with
fiscal year ending May 31, 1997, 50% of the excess cash flow (as defined in the
Credit Facilities) must be used to permanently reduce Term Loan A and Term Loan
B.
 
    The Revolving Credit Facility is a six-year non-amortizing facility which
includes a sub-facility for trade and other standby letters of credit in an
amount up to $75 million at any time outstanding and a sub-facility for
swingline advances in an amount not in excess of $15 million at any time
outstanding. Interest, at the option of the Company, is at (i) the greater of
(a) the Prime Rate or (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus .50%, or (ii) a
LIBOR rate plus an Applicable Margin of .75% to 1.75% (based upon a leverage
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                    WALTER INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 8--DEBT (CONTINUED)
ratio pricing grid). At May 31, 1997, the weighted average interest rate was
7.73%. A commitment fee ranging from .25% to .50% per annum (based upon a
leverage ratio pricing grid) is payable on the daily average unutilized
commitment. The fee for outstanding letters of credit is priced at the
Applicable Margin less .375%. At May 31, 1997, there were no swingline
borrowings outstanding under this facility; however, letters of credit in the
aggregate face amount of $39,967,000 have been issued thereunder.
 
    Term Loan A interest, at the option of the Company is at (i) the greater of
(a) the Prime Rate or (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus .50%, or (ii) a
LIBOR rate plus .75% to 1.75% (based upon a leverage ratio pricing grid).
Scheduled principal payments to be made in each of the five years from May 31,
1997 are $16,250,000, $21,250,000, $25,000,000, $25,000,000 and $18,750,000,
respectively. At May 31, 1997, the weighted average interest rate was 6.87%
 
    Term Loan B interest is at LIBOR plus 2% to 2.25% (based upon a leverage
ratio pricing grid). At May 31, 1997, the interest rate was 7.88%. Scheduled
principal payments in each of the five years from May 31, 1997 are $1,000,000,
$1,000,000, $1,000,000, $1,000,000 and $11,750,000, respectively.
 
    The Trust II Mortgage-Backed Notes (see Note 4) were issued in five classes
in varying principal amounts. Three of the classes have been fully repaid. The
two remaining classes, A3 and A4, bear interest at the rates of 9.35% and
9.625%, respectively. Interest on each class of notes is payable quarterly on
each January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 (each a "Payment Date"). On each
Payment Date, regular scheduled principal payments will be made on the Class A3
and Class A4 Notes in order of maturity. Maturities of the balance of these
Mortgage-Backed Notes range from April 1, 1998 for the Class A3 Notes to April
1, 2003 for the Class A4 Notes. The Class A3 and Class A4 Notes are subject to
special principal payments and the Class A4 Notes may be subject to optional
redemption under specified circumstances. The scheduled principal amount of
notes maturing in each of the five years from May 31, 1997 is $87,000,000,
$64,600,000, $64,600,000, $64,600,000 and $64,600,000, respectively.
 
    The Trust III Asset Backed Notes (see Note 4) bear interest at 7.625%,
constitute a single class and have a final maturity date of April 1, 2022.
Payments are made quarterly on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1, based
on collections on the underlying collateral less amounts paid for interest on
the notes and Trust III expenses.
 
    The Trust IV Asset Backed Notes (see Note 4) bear interest at 8.33%,
constitute a single class and have a final maturity of April 1, 2030. Payments
are made quarterly on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 based on
collections on the underlying collateral and distributions from Trust II, less
amounts paid for interest on the notes and Trust IV expenses.
 
    On March 3, 1995, Trust V entered into the three-year $500 million Variable
Funding Loan Agreement with Enterprise Funding Corporation, an affiliate of
NationsBank National Association, as lender, and NationsBank National
Association (Carolinas) as Administrative Agent. It is contemplated that this
facility will be an evergreen three-year facility with periodic paydowns from
the proceeds of permanent financings similar to those done by Trusts II, III and
IV. The facility currently matures on March 3, 2000. Accordingly, the $384
million of borrowings outstanding at May 31, 1997 has been classified as
long-term debt. Interest is based on the cost of A-1 and P-1 rated commercial
paper plus .50%. The commitment fee on the unused portion of the facility is
 .20%.
 
    On June 11, 1997, Mid-State purchased from Mid-State Trust V mortgage
instalment notes having a gross amount of $1,196,479,000 and an economic balance
of $462,287,000 and subsequently sold such
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                    WALTER INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 8--DEBT (CONTINUED)
mortgage instalment notes to Mid-State Trust VI ("Trust VI"), a business trust
organized by Mid-State which owns all of the beneficial interest in Trust VI.
These sales were in exchange for the net proceeds from the public issuance by
Trust VI of $439,150,000 of Trust VI Asset Backed Notes. The notes were issued
in four classes, bear interest at rates ranging from 7.34% to 7.79% and have a
final maturity of July 1, 2035. Payments will be made quarterly on January 1,
April 1, July 1 and October 1 based on collections on the underlying collateral,
less amounts paid for interest on the notes and Trust VI expenses. Net proceeds
from the public offering were used primarily to pay down the Trust V
indebtedness of $384,000,000.
 
    The Company has traditionally used interest rate swaps as hedge instruments
to manage interest rate risks. The Company has two types of interest rate risks:
(i) current risk on interest rates related to debt which has floating rates and
(ii) risk of interest and proceeds in refinancing from short-term to long-term
certain indebtedness secured by the fixed rate instalment notes receivable
generated by its homebuilding business. At May 31, 1997, Trust V had in place a
swap agreement with a notional amount of $360 million under which it pays a
fixed interest rate of 5.25% and receives interest based on commercial paper
rates. This swap was in effect until June 30, 1997, it accreted monthly and was
designed to offset the interest rate risk of the Trust V Variable Funding Loan
Agreement. Also at May 31, 1997, Trust V had in place forward swaps totaling
$150 million notional amount which were to start June 30, 1997 and run for 10
years at a blended monthly fixed rate of 7.25%. At that time, Trust V was to
receive interest based on prevailing commercial paper rate levels. On May 15,
1997, in order to offset refinancing risk, Trust V entered into a rate swap
agreement with a notional amount of $250 million under which Trust V was to pay
a fixed rate of 6.62%. This transaction had a termination date of June 13, 1997.
With the creation of Trust VI on June 11, 1997, all swap agreements were
terminated. Since interest rates have declined over the past year, Trust VI
coupon levels were below those originally expected. This lower level of interest
cost served to mitigate the losses incurred ($8.6 million) on the swap
agreements at termination. These losses will be deferred and amortized over the
life of Trust VI.
 
    The Credit Facilities contain a number of significant covenants that, among
other things, restrict the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to
dispose of assets, incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends, create liens on
assets, enter into leases, make investments or acquisitions, engage in mergers
or consolidations, or engage in certain transactions with subsidiaries and
affiliates and otherwise restrict corporate activities (including change of
control and asset sale transactions). In addition, under the Credit Facilities,
the Company is required to maintain specified financial ratios and comply with
certain financial tests, including interest coverage, fixed charge coverage
ratios and maximum leverage ratios, some of which become more restrictive over
time. The Company was in compliance with these covenants at May 31, 1997.
 
    The Trust V Variable Funding Loan Agreement's covenants, among other things,
restricts the ability of Trust V to dispose of assets, create liens and engage
in mergers or consolidations. The Company was in compliance with these covenants
at May 31, 1997.
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                    WALTER INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 9--INCOME TAXES
 
    Income tax expense (benefit) is made up of the following components:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       MAY 31, 1997            MAY 31, 1996             MAY 31, 1995
                                  ----------------------  -----------------------  ----------------------
<S>                               <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>
                                    CURRENT    DEFERRED     CURRENT     DEFERRED    CURRENT     DEFERRED
                                  -----------  ---------  -----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                               <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>
United States...................   $   4,745   $  25,697   $    (799)  $  (54,846) $  (80,445) $  (88,815)
State and local.................       3,499        (960)      1,420         (930)       (309)       (881)
                                  -----------  ---------  -----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
  Total.........................   $   8,244   $  24,737   $     621   $  (55,776) $  (80,754) $  (89,696)
                                  -----------  ---------  -----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                  -----------  ---------  -----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
    In fiscal 1997 and 1995, the Company paid federal income tax of
approximately $3.0 million and $30.6 million, respectively. In fiscal 1997, the
Company received a refund of federal income tax of $21.4 million due to a net
operating loss carryback. In fiscal 1996, the Company received a refund of
federal income tax of $22.2 million paid in a previous year as estimated
payments. State income taxes paid in 1997 and 1995 were approximately $2.6
million and $4.0 million respectively, while state income taxes refunded in
fiscal 1996 were approximately $100,000.
 
    The Company complies with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.
109--"Accounting for Income Taxes" ("FASB 109"). FASB 109 is an asset and
liability approach that requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and
liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events which have been
recognized in the Company's financial statements or tax returns. FASB 109
generally considers all expected future events other than changes in tax law or
rates.
 
    The income tax expense (benefit) before extraordinary item at the Company's
effective tax rate differed from the statutory rate as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       FOR THE YEARS ENDED MAY 31,
                                                                     -------------------------------
<S>                                                                  <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                       1997       1996       1995
                                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------
Statutory tax rate.................................................       35.0%     (35.0)%     (35.0)%
Effect of:
  State and local income tax.......................................        2.3         .2        (.2)
  Percentage depletion.............................................       (8.8)      (2.6)       (.5)
  Amortization of excess of purchase price over net assets acquired
    and FASB 121 charge............................................       17.5       16.2        2.7
  Benefit of capital loss carryforward.............................     --           (5.9)      (1.5)
  Adjustment of prior years net operating loss carryforward........     --           (5.0)    --
  Effect of rate difference and avoidance of loss of credits on net
    operating loss due to carryforward election....................         .5       (9.1)       2.3
  Other, net.......................................................         .5         .2     --
                                                                           ---  ---------  ---------
Effective tax rate.................................................       47.0%     (41.0)%     (32.2)%
                                                                           ---  ---------  ---------
                                                                           ---  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    In fiscal 1996, the tax benefit related to the extraordinary item
approximated the statutory rate and is deferred federal income tax.
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                    WALTER INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 9--INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
 
    Deferred tax liabilities (assets) are comprised of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              MAY 31,
                                                                      ------------------------
<S>                                                                   <C>          <C>
                                                                         1997         1996
                                                                      -----------  -----------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                   <C>          <C>
Instalment sales method for instalment notes receivable in prior
  years.............................................................  $    27,504  $    34,691
Depreciation........................................................       84,721       78,462
Difference in basis of assets under purchase accounting.............       18,536       20,424
Net operating loss carryforward.....................................      (91,230)    (155,283)
Accrued expenses....................................................      (46,101)     (39,034)
Postretirement benefits other than pensions.........................     (102,453)     (94,431)
                                                                      -----------  -----------
  Total deferred tax (asset) liability..............................  $  (109,023) $  (155,171)
                                                                      -----------  -----------
                                                                      -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
    The Revenue Act of 1987 eliminated the instalment sales method of tax
reporting for instalment sales after December 31, 1987.
 
    As a result of the loss incurred in the 1996 fiscal year, the Company
recorded a deferred tax asset of $25.0 million. During fiscal 1997, the Company
elected to carry the 1996 loss back to prior years rather than forward,
resulting in a refund of federal income taxes of $21.4 million, which was
accordingly charged against the deferred tax asset. The election to carry back
the net operating loss generated a tax charge of approximately $400,000 in the
fourth quarter of fiscal 1997 due to the effect of the rate difference and other
miscellaneous tax adjustments.
 
    During fiscal 1996, the Company elected to carry a 1995 loss forward rather
than back to prior years, which generated a tax benefit of approximately $19
million in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1996 due to the effect of the rate
difference, avoidance of loss of credits and other miscellaneous tax
adjustments. Also during the fourth quarter of fiscal 1996, the Company utilized
its capital loss carryforward of approximately $22.8 million. The Company's net
operating loss carryforward at May 31, 1997 approximates $242.1 million, which
will expire in fiscal 2010. The Company's minimum tax credit carryforward at May
31, 1997 approximates $6.5 million.
 
    Under the Internal Revenue Code, if certain substantial changes in the
Company's ownership occur, there are annual limitations on the amount of loss
and credit carryforwards. The reorganization under the Consensual Plan created
an ownership change in fiscal 1995; therefore, $164.6 million of the remaining
net operating loss carryforward is subject to the annual limitation. However,
the Company believes that the annual limitation will not affect the realization
of the net operating loss carryforward, which is expected to be fully utilized
by fiscal 1999.
 
    The Company allocates federal income tax expense (benefit) to its
subsidiaries based on their separate taxable income (loss).
 
    A substantial controversy exists with regard to federal income taxes
allegedly owed by the Company. Proofs of claim have been filed by the Internal
Revenue Service for taxes, interest and penalties in the amounts of $110,560,883
with respect to fiscal years ended August 31, 1980 and August 31, 1983 through
August 31, 1987, $31,468,189 with respect to fiscal years ended May 31, 1988
(nine months) and May 31, 1989 and $44,837,693 with respect to fiscal years
ended May 31, 1990 and May 31, 1991. These proofs of
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                    WALTER INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 9--INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
claim represent total adjustments to taxable income of approximately $360
million for all tax periods at issue. Objections to the proofs of claim have
been filed by the Company, and the various issues are being litigated in the
Bankruptcy Court. Included in the proofs of claim is an adjustment to taxable
income disallowing a deduction of approximately $51 million for hedging losses
incurred during fiscal year 1988. This issue was conceded by the Internal
Revenue Service pursuant to a joint stipulation of parties approved by the
Bankruptcy Court by an order dated January 3, 1997. The Company believes that
the balance of such proofs of claim are substantially without merit and intends
to defend vigorously such claims; however, there can be no assurance as to the
ultimate outcome.
 
NOTE 10--STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
    The Company is authorized to issue 200,000,000 shares of common stock, $.01
par value. As of May 31, 1997, 55,063,412 shares of common stock were
outstanding. On June 24, 1997, the Company repurchased 1,387,092 shares of
outstanding common stock and such shares are being held as treasury stock.
 
    Pursuant to the Consensual Plan, 494,313 shares were issued on September 13,
1995 to all former stockholders as of the Effective Date of the Consensual Plan.
Also on September 13, 1995, pursuant to the Consensual Plan, 3,880,140 shares of
common stock were issued to an escrow account. To the extent that certain
federal income tax matters of the Company are resolved satisfactorily, up to a
maximum 3,880,140 of the escrowed shares will be distributed to former
stockholders of the Company as of the Effective Date. To the extent such matters
are not resolved satisfactorily, the escrowed shares will be returned to the
Company and canceled.
 
    Pursuant to the Consensual Plan, a total of 54,868,766 shares of common
stock were to be issued to creditors and former stockholders of the Company. The
plan of reorganization originally proposed by certain creditors and committees
(the "Creditors Plan") provided that subordinated bondholders could elect to
receive "Qualified Securities" (cash and/or new senior notes) in lieu of common
stock of the Company. The Consensual Plan confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court,
which technically constituted a modification of the Creditors Plan kept in place
the bondholders election. Certain subordinated bondholders, however, were unable
to provide documentation evidencing their right to receive Qualified Securities
within the two year time frame prescribed by the Consensual Plan. As a result,
approximately 212,000 additional shares of common stock were issued in lieu of
Qualified Securities in 1997. In addition, certain former stockholders did not
tender their shares, which resulted in approximately 17,000 shares not being
issued.
 
    Primary net income per share in 1997 was computed by dividing net income by
the monthly weighted average number of shares of common stock and common stock
equivalents outstanding. Common stock equivalents include the number of shares
issuable on the exercise of dilutive employee stock options less the number of
shares of common stock which could have been purchased with the proceeds from
the exercise of such options. These purchases were assumed to have been made at
the average market price of the common stock during the year. Primary net loss
per share in 1996 does not include 3,880,140 additional shares issued to an
escrow account on September 13, 1995 pursuant to the Consensual Plan because
such issuance would be anti-dilutive. Fully diluted net income (loss) per share
is not materially different from primary net income (loss) per share.
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                    WALTER INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 10--STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)
    Changes in stockholders' equity for the two years ended May 31, 1997 are
summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           EXCESS OF
                                                            COMMON STOCK                                  ADDITIONAL
                                                       ----------------------   CAPITAL IN    RETAINED      PENSION
                                                        SHARES     PAR VALUE      EXCESS      EARNINGS     LIABILITY
                                                       ---------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                    <C>        <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>
                                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
Balance at May 31, 1995..............................     50,494   $     505   $  1,159,384  $  (793,165)  $  (5,950)
Stock issued.........................................      4,374          44            (44)
Fractional share payments............................                                    (8)
Net loss.............................................                                            (84,696)
Reverse excess of additional pension liability.......                                                            624
                                                       ---------       -----   ------------  -----------  -----------
Balance at May 31, 1996..............................     54,868         549      1,159,332     (877,861)     (5,326)
Stock issued, net....................................        195           2          4,942
Fractional share payments............................                                   (13)
Net income...........................................                                             37,117
Reverse excess of additional pension liability.......                                                            670
                                                       ---------       -----   ------------  -----------  -----------
Balance at May 31, 1997..............................     55,063   $     551   $  1,164,261  $  (840,744)  $  (4,656)
                                                       ---------       -----   ------------  -----------  -----------
                                                       ---------       -----   ------------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
    In management's opinion, information for fiscal 1995 is not relevant given
the significant change in the Company's capital structure which occurred as a
result of the Company's reorganization pursuant to the Consensual Plan (see Note
1).
 
    In February 1997, Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.
128--"Earnings per Share" ("FASB 128"), was issued. FASB 128 will be effective
for both interim and annual periods ending after December 15, 1997 and will
require a restatement of previously reported earnings per share. Under FASB 128,
"basic" earnings per share will replace the reporting of "primary" earnings per
share. Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the income available
to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares
outstanding for the period, without consideration for common stock equivalents.
"Fully diluted" earnings per share will be replaced by "diluted" earnings per
share under FASB 128. The calculation of diluted earnings per share is similar
to that of fully diluted earnings per share under existing accounting
pronouncements. Basic earnings per share and diluted earnings per share are not
expected to be significantly different from primary net income per share and
fully diluted net income per share as calculated by the Company for the years
ended May 31, 1997 or 1996.
 
NOTE 11--STOCK OPTIONS
 
    Under the Walter Industries, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Stock Plan approved by
stockholders in October 1995, an aggregate of 3,000,000 shares of the Company's
common stock have been reserved for the grant and issuance of incentive and
non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights ("SARs") and stock
awards. The maximum number of such shares with respect to which stock options or
SARs may be granted to any employee during which the plan is in effect is
500,000 shares and the aggregate number of such shares that may be used in
settlement of stock awards is 1,000,000 shares. An option becomes exercisable at
such times and in such installments as set by the Compensation Committee of the
Board, but no option will be exercisable after the tenth anniversary of the date
on which it is granted. The option price
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                    WALTER INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 11--STOCK OPTIONS (CONTINUED)
per share may not be less than the fair market value of a share on the date the
option is granted. Information on stock options is summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        1997                    1996
                                                ---------------------  -----------------------
<S>                                             <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>
                                                            WEIGHTED                WEIGHTED
                                                             AVERAGE                 AVERAGE
                                                            EXERCISE                EXERCISE
                                                  SHARES      PRICE      SHARES       PRICE
                                                ----------  ---------  ----------  -----------
Outstanding at beginning of year..............   1,487,000  $  14.120      --       $  --
Granted.......................................   1,219,000     12.313   1,500,000      14.120
Exercised.....................................      --         --          --          --
Canceled......................................     (36,001)    13.571     (13,000)     14.125
                                                ----------             ----------
Outstanding at end of year....................   2,669,999     13.301   1,487,000      14.120
                                                ----------             ----------
                                                ----------             ----------
Exercisable at end of year....................     487,333     14.118      --
                                                ----------             ----------
                                                ----------             ----------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 OPTIONS
                            OPTIONS OUTSTANDING                EXERCISABLE
                 -----------------------------------------  ------------------
                     NUMBER          WEIGHTED AVERAGE             NUMBER
                 OUTSTANDING AT    REMAINING CONTRACTUAL      EXERCISABLE AT
EXERCISE PRICES   MAY 31, 1997         LIFE (YEARS)            MAY 31, 1997
- ---------------  --------------  -------------------------  ------------------
<S>              <C>             <C>                        <C>
      12.313         1,208,000                 9.2                  --
      14.063           153,000                 8.2                  51,000
      14.125         1,308,999                 8.2                 436,333
                 --------------                                    -------
                     2,669,999                 8.7                 487,333
                 --------------                                    -------
                 --------------                                    -------
</TABLE>
 
    Had compensation cost for the Company's option plans been determined based
on the fair value at the grant dates as prescribed by Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 123 "Accounting for Stock Based Compensation" ("FASB
123"), the Company's net income and net income per share on a pro forma basis
would have been (in thousands, except per share data):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       1997
                                                                                     ---------
<S>                                                                                  <C>
Pro forma net income...............................................................  $  35,314
                                                                                     ---------
                                                                                     ---------
Pro forma net income per share.....................................................  $     .64
                                                                                     ---------
                                                                                     ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The preceding pro forma results were calculated with the use of the Black
Scholes option-pricing model. The following assumptions were used for the year
ended May 31, 1997: (1) risk free interest rate of 7.36%; (2) dividend yield of
0.0%; (3) expected life of 5.0 years; and (4) volatility of 29.3%.
 
    The Walter Industries, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan was adopted in
January 1996. All full-time employees of the Company who have attained the age
of majority in the state in which they reside are eligible to participate. The
Company contributes a sum equal to 15% of each participant's actual payroll
deduction as authorized, and remits such funds to a designated brokerage firm
who purchases in the open market, as agent for the Company, as many shares of
common stock as such funds will permit for the accounts of the participants. The
amount of stock purchased depends upon the market prices of the common stock at
the time the purchases are made. The total number of shares which may be
purchased
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                    WALTER INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 11--STOCK OPTIONS (CONTINUED)
under the plan is 500,000. Total shares purchased under the plan in 1997 were
approximately 200,000, and the Company's contribution was approximately
$400,000.
 
NOTE 12--LITIGATION
 
VEIL-PIERCING SUITS
 
    Beginning in early 1989, the Company and certain of its officers, directors
and shareholders were named as co-defendants in a number of lawsuits brought by
persons ("Asbestos Claimants") claiming that the Company should be held liable
for all asbestos-related liabilities of The Celotex Corporation ("Celotex") and
its parent, Jim Walter Corporation ("JWC"). The stock of a predecessor of JWC
("Original Jim Walter") was acquired by a company known as Hillsborough
Acquisition Corporation ("HAC"), a former subsidiary of the Company, pursuant to
a 1988 leveraged buyout (the "LBO"). Asserting a variety of theories of
derivative liability, including piercing the corporate veil, the suits alleged,
among other things, that Original Jim Walter was liable for all asbestos-related
liabilities of Celotex and that the distribution by HAC of substantially all of
its assets to the Company pursuant to the LBO was a fraudulent conveyance (the
"Veil-Piercing Suits").
 
    On December 27, 1989, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries filed for
protection under Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in
the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Middle District of Florida, Tampa
Division (the "Bankruptcy Court"), which stayed all Veil-Piercing Suits pursuant
to the automatic stay. In January 1990, the Company filed a declaratory judgment
action ("Adversary Proceeding") against all Asbestos Claimants who had filed
Veil-Piercing Suits seeking a ruling that the Company could not be held liable
for any asbestos-related liabilities of Celotex or JWC on any grounds, asserting
that the corporate veil separating Original Jim Walter and Celotex was intact,
and asserting that the LBO could not be deemed a fraudulent conveyance.
 
    In April 1994, the Bankruptcy Court ruled in favor of the Company on all of
the claims asserted in the Adversary Proceeding. The ruling was affirmed by the
United States District Court for the Middle District of Florida (the "District
Court") in October 1994. Thereafter, a settlement (the "Veil-Piercing
Settlement") was entered into among the Company, certain of its creditors,
Celotex, JWC and representatives of the Asbestos Claimants pursuant to which all
the Veil-Piercing Suits would be dismissed and the Company and its officers,
directors and relevant stockholders would be released from all liabilities
relating to the LBO or associated with asbestos-related liabilities of Celotex
or JWC. The Veil-Piercing Settlement is embodied in the Amended Joint Plan of
Reorganization Dated as of December 9, 1994 as modified on March 1, 1995 (as so
modified the "Consensual Plan") that was confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court
pursuant to an order signed on March 2, 1995. The Consensual Plan binds all
known and unknown claimants and enjoins such persons or entities from bringing
any suits against the Company in the future for asbestos or LBO related claims.
Dismissal of the Veil-Piercing Suits is in process and all of these suits will
be dismissed in the near future pursuant to the terms of the Veil-Piercing
Settlement and the Consensual Plan.
 
    In March 1996, the Company, together with various other parties, filed an
adversary proceeding with the Bankruptcy Court, naming Celotex and JWC as
defendants. In this proceeding the Company and the other named plaintiffs allege
that Celotex and JWC breached the Veil-Piercing Settlement by failing to propose
and use their best efforts to obtain confirmation of a Chapter 11 plan for
Celotex that included an injunction issued pursuant to Section 524(g) of the
Bankruptcy Code or other similar injunctive relief
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                    WALTER INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 12--LITIGATION (CONTINUED)
acceptable to each of the parties to the Veil-Piercing Settlement. Although all
Veil-Piercing claims by Asbestos Claimants were resolved as part of the
Consensual Plan, the Company believes that Section 524(g) affords additional
statutory protection to the Company against the possibility of such claims in
the future.
 
    On May 28, 1996, the Bankruptcy Court issued an order granting in part the
Company's motion for summary judgment and denying the motions for summary
judgment filed by Celotex and JWC. The Bankruptcy Court found, among other
things, that the plan of reorganization filed by Celotex in its Chapter 11
proceeding did not comply with the terms of the Veil-Piercing Settlement. The
Bankruptcy Court's May 28, 1996 Order was appealed by Celotex and JWC.
 
    In October 1996, Celotex and various other parties in the Celotex bankruptcy
announced to the Court in the Celotex Bankruptcy (the "Celotex Bankruptcy
Court") that an agreement had been reached between Celotex and each of its
creditor groups pursuant to a Modified Joint Plan of Reorganization (the
"Celotex Modified Plan") which, among other things, superseded and replaced all
prior plans. The Celotex Modified Plan contains a provision for a Section 524(g)
injunction as to all asbestos claimants. The Celotex Modified Plan was approved
by a vote of the Celotex creditors and in December 1996 the Celotex Bankruptcy
Court entered an Order confirming the Celotex Modified Plan. The Celotex
Modified Plan became effective as of May 30, 1997. As a result of the Celotex
Modified Plan containing a provision for a Section 524(g) injunction and such
Plan having become effective, the Company believes that the appeal of Celotex
and JWC of the Bankruptcy Court's May 28, 1996 Order is now moot and that the
only issue which remains in that adversary proceeding is whether the Company and
other plaintiffs are entitled to collect attorneys' fees and expenses from
Celotex and JWC with respect to the prosecution of the adversary proceeding.
 
SUIT BY THE COMPANY AND JIM WALTER RESOURCES, INC. FOR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION
  LOSSES
 
    On May 31, 1995, the Company and Jim Walter Resources, Inc. ("JWR") filed a
lawsuit in the Circuit Court for Tuscaloosa County, Alabama (Civil Action No.
CV-95-625) against certain insurers. The lawsuit arises out of a spontaneous
combustion fire that began in JWR's underground coal mine No. 5 on November 17,
1993. Efforts to control the fire caused a blockage in the tunnels, corridors,
and passageways necessary to conduct mining, so mining operations temporarily
ceased. After JWR believed that the fire had been extinguished or brought under
control, JWR resumed its mining operations. JWR subsequently detected that the
intensity of the fire had increased substantially, making it necessary to seal
off portions of the mine and to lose permanently certain corridors and
passageways necessary to the continued mining of the longwall panel then being
mined. JWR's longwall mining was interrupted until another longwall panel could
be prepared. In addition to the mining of coal, JWR produces natural gas from
wells drilled into the mine, and production of the gas from the area of the lost
longwall panel was also lost. As a result of the fire, the Company and JWR
claimed compensable losses in the amount of $25 million under their business
interruption insurance coverage. When the insurers refused to pay their pro rata
part of the claim, the lawsuit described above was commenced.
 
    The complaint filed by the Company and JWR seeks payment of the amounts
claimed to be due under the insurance policies in question and a declaratory
judgment that the policies in question are not void or voidable due to any
alleged failure to disclose or a lack of fortuity. Certain of the insurers have
counterclaimed for rescission on the basis of nondisclosure and lack of
fortuity. The Company and JWR also seek a declaratory judgment stating that each
of the insurers is liable for its pro rata share of the
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                    WALTER INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 12--LITIGATION (CONTINUED)
business interruption loss. In addition, the Company and JWR have asserted a
claim for bad faith refusal to pay against certain insurers.
 
    The insurers issued policies insuring various percentages of the risk. The
Company has entered into settlements with several insurers who, in the
aggregate, have paid approximately $12.4 million to date, reducing the contract
claims in the lawsuit to approximately $12.6 million. The Company and JWR
continue to pursue the litigation against the remaining carriers, and a trial is
tentatively scheduled for October 1997.
 
LITIGATION RELATED TO CHAPTER 11 DISTRIBUTIONS TO CERTAIN HOLDERS OF
  SUBORDINATED NOTES AND/OR DEBENTURES
 
    The plan of reorganization originally proposed by certain creditors and
committees (the "Creditors' Plan") provided that subordinated bondholders could
elect to receive "Qualified Securities" (cash and/or new senior notes) in lieu
of shares of Common Stock of the Company. Such elections (the "Subordinated Note
Claim Election") were to be made on the ballots used for voting on the
Creditors' Plan. A balloting agent was retained to receive and separately
tabulate ballots cast on the Creditors' Plan and the Debtors' Fifth Amended
Joint Plan of Reorganization (the "Company's Plan"). Voting on the Company's
Plan and the Creditors' Plan took place during the period August 12, 1994
through September 23, 1994.
 
    Subsequent to September 23, 1994, the balloting agent filed with the
bankruptcy Court two (2) separate voting certificates.
 
    In preparing to make distributions to subordinated bondholders, it came to
the attention of the Company that certain schedules associated with the
certifications were inaccurate. As a result, the Company reviewed all ballots
that the balloting agent claimed to be in its possession and determined that
discrepancies existed between the schedules and certain of the ballots cast by
subordinated bondholders.
 
    The Company filed a motion with the Bankruptcy Court seeking to amend the
schedules. In April 1995, an order was entered reflecting the Bankruptcy Court's
decision to permit the amendment of the schedules in certain respects but not
others (the "April Order").
 
    Appeals from the April Order were filed with the District Court by various
bondholders. In November 1996, the District Court entered an order granting the
Company's motion to dismiss and dismissing as moot all appeals in this matter.
No appeal of the District Court's Order was taken and that Order is now final.
 
INCOME TAX LITIGATION
 
    A substantial controversy exists with regard to federal income taxes
allegedly owed by the Company. See Note 9--Income Taxes for a more complete
explanation.
 
MISCELLANEOUS LITIGATION
 
    The Company and its subsidiaries are parties to a number of other lawsuits
arising in the ordinary course of their businesses. Most of these cases are in a
preliminary stage and the Company is unable to predict a range of possible loss,
if any. The Company provides for costs relating to these matters when a loss is
probable and the amount is reasonably estimable. The effect of the outcome of
these matters on the Company's future results of operations cannot be predicted
because any such effect depends on future
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
                    WALTER INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 12--LITIGATION (CONTINUED)
results of operations and the amount and timing of the resolution of such
matters. While the results of litigation cannot be predicted with certainty, the
Company believes that the final outcome of such other litigation will not have a
materially adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial condition.
 
NOTE 13--PENSION AND OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
 
    The Company has various pension and profit sharing plans covering
substantially all employees. In addition to its own pension plans, the Company
contributes to certain multi-employer plans. Total pension expense for the years
ended May 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, was $7.6 million, $11.8 million and $8.2
million, respectively. The funding of retirement and employee benefit plans is
in accordance with the requirements of the plans and, where applicable, in
sufficient amounts to satisfy the "Minimum Funding Standards" of the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 ("ERISA"). The plans provide benefits
based on years of service and compensation or at stated amounts for each year of
service.
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>
                    WALTER INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 13--PENSION AND OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFITS (CONTINUED)
 
    The net pension costs for Company administered plans are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               FOR THE YEARS ENDED MAY 31,
                                                            ----------------------------------
<S>                                                         <C>         <C>         <C>
                                                               1997        1996        1995
                                                            ----------  ----------  ----------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                         <C>         <C>         <C>
Service cost-benefits earned during the period............  $    6,644  $    6,072  $    5,817
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation.............      17,589      16,972      16,174
Actual loss (return) on assets............................     (28,532)    (35,347)      4,304
Net amortization and deferral.............................       8,680      20,236     (21,377)
                                                            ----------  ----------  ----------
  Net pension costs.......................................  $    4,381  $    7,933  $    4,918
                                                            ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                            ----------  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
    The following table sets forth the funded status of Company administered
plans:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       MAY 31, 1997                MAY 31, 1996
                                                                --------------------------  --------------------------
<S>                                                             <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
                                                                      PLANS IN WHICH              PLANS IN WHICH
                                                                --------------------------  --------------------------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                   ASSETS     ACCUMULATED      ASSETS     ACCUMULATED
                                                                   EXCEED       BENEFITS       EXCEED       BENEFITS
                                                                ACCUMULATED      EXCEED     ACCUMULATED      EXCEED
                                                                  BENEFITS       ASSETS       BENEFITS       ASSETS
                                                                ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                             <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Actuarial present value of accumulated benefit obligations:
  Vested benefits.............................................   $  166,103    $   46,853    $  149,542    $   50,941
  Non-vested benefits.........................................        7,444         1,525         6,815         1,585
                                                                ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                 $  173,547    $   48,378    $  156,357    $   52,526
                                                                ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
Plan assets at fair value, primarily stocks and bonds.........   $  213,726    $   33,341    $  189,728    $   34,609
Projected benefit obligations.................................      207,610        48,430       188,422        54,008
                                                                ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
Plan assets in excess of (less than) projected benefit
  obligations.................................................        6,116       (15,089)        1,306       (19,399)
Unamortized portion of transition (asset) obligation at June
  1, 1986.....................................................       (7,524)        2,918        (9,185)        4,021
Unrecognized net loss from actual experience different from
  that assumed................................................        6,743         4,758        13,191         6,124
Prior service cost not recognized.............................          633         3,695           618         3,595
Contribution to plans after measurement date..................          103         1,126        --             1,042
                                                                ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
Prepaid (accrued) pension cost................................        6,071        (2,592)        5,930        (4,617)
Additional liability..........................................       --           (11,294)       --           (12,507)
                                                                ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
Prepaid pension cost (pension liability) recognized in the
  balance sheet...............................................   $    6,071    $  (13,886)   $    5,930    $  (17,124)
                                                                ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
    The projected benefit obligations were determined using an assumed discount
rate of 7.50% in fiscal 1997 and 1996 and, where applicable, an assumed increase
in future compensation levels of 4.50% in fiscal 1997 and 1996. The assumed
long-term rate of return on plan assets was 9% and 8% in fiscal 1997 and 1996,
respectively.
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>
                    WALTER INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 13--PENSION AND OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFITS (CONTINUED)
    Under the labor contract with the United Mine Workers of America, Jim Walter
Resources makes payments into multi-employer pension plan trusts established for
union employees. Under ERISA, as amended by the Multiemployer Pension Plan
Amendments Act of 1980, an employer is liable for a proportionate part of the
plans' unfunded vested benefits liabilities. The Company estimates that its
allocated portion of the unfunded vested benefits liabilities of these plans
amounted to approximately $34.7 million at May 31, 1997. However, although the
net liability can be estimated, its components, the relative position of each
employer with respect to actuarial present value of accumulated benefits and net
assets available for benefits, are not available to the Company.
 
    The Company provides certain postretirement benefits other than pensions,
primarily healthcare, to eligible retirees. The Company's postretirement benefit
plans are not funded. Postretirement benefit costs were $22.7 million in 1997,
$27.1 million in 1996 and $26.0 million in 1995. Amounts paid for postretirement
benefits were $7.3 million in 1997, $7.7 million in 1996 and $7.5 million in
1995.
 
    The net periodic postretirement benefit cost includes the following
components:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED MAY 31,
                                                               -------------------------------
<S>                                                            <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                 1997       1996       1995
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                            <C>        <C>        <C>
Service cost.................................................  $   7,642  $   8,668  $   8,491
Interest cost................................................     14,990     18,701     17,470
Net amortization and deferral................................         78       (240)    --
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net periodic postretirement benefit cost...................  $  22,710  $  27,129  $  25,961
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The accumulated postretirement benefits obligation at May 31, 1997 and 1996
are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               MAY 31,
                                                                        ----------------------
<S>                                                                     <C>         <C>
                                                                           1997        1996
                                                                        ----------  ----------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                     <C>         <C>
Retirees..............................................................  $   81,731  $   93,380
Fully eligible, active participants...................................      37,189      32,896
Other active participants.............................................     106,493     132,026
                                                                        ----------  ----------
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation.........................     225,413     258,302
Unrecognized net gain (loss)..........................................      43,546     (10,475)
                                                                        ----------  ----------
Postretirement benefit liability recognized in the balance sheet......  $  268,959  $  247,827
                                                                        ----------  ----------
                                                                        ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
    The principal assumptions used to measure the accumulated postretirement
benefit obligation include a discount rate of 7.50% in fiscal 1997 and 1996 and
a health care cost trend rate of 8.50% declining to 5.25% over a eight year
period and remaining level thereafter in fiscal 1997 and a health care cost
trend rate of 9.50% declining to 5.25% over a nine year period in fiscal 1996. A
one percent increase in trend rates would increase the accumulated
postretirement benefit obligation by 18% and increase net periodic
postretirement benefit cost for 1997 by 21%.
 
    Certain subsidiaries of the Company maintain profit sharing plans. The total
cost of these plans for the years ended May 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 was $3.4
million, $2.9 million and $3.0 million, respectively.
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>
                    WALTER INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 13--PENSION AND OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFITS (CONTINUED)
    In February 1997, a reduction in the salaried workforce at Jim Walter
Resources was completed under a voluntary early retirement program. The total
cost of this program was $6.2 million.
 
NOTE 14--FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
    Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 107, "Disclosures about Fair
Value of Financial Instruments" ("FASB 107") requires disclosure of estimated
fair values for all financial instruments for which it is practicable to
estimate fair value. Considerable judgment is necessary in developing estimates
of fair value and a variety of valuation techniques are allowed under FASB 107.
The derived fair value estimates resulting from the judgments and valuation
techniques applied cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent
materials or to disclosures by other companies with similar financial
instruments. Furthermore, FASB 107 fair value disclosures do not purport to be
the amount which could be attained in immediate settlement of the financial
instrument. Fair value estimates are not necessarily more relevant than
historical cost values and have limited usefulness in evaluating long-term
assets and liabilities held in the ordinary course of business. Accordingly,
management believes that the disclosures required by FASB 107 have limited
relevance to the Company and its operations.
 
        The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate fair value
    disclosures:
 
        Cash and cash equivalents, restricted short term investments and
    marketable securities--The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheet
    approximate fair value.
 
        Instalment notes receivable--The estimated fair value of instalment
    notes receivable at May 31, 1997 was in the range of $2.0 billion to $2.1
    billion. The estimated fair value is based upon valuations prepared by an
    investment banking firm as of May 31, 1997. The value of mortgage-backed
    instruments such as instalment notes receivable are very sensitive to
    changes in interest rates.
 
        Debt--The estimated fair value of long term debt at May 31, 1997 was
    $2.142 billion based on current yields for comparable debt issues or prices
    for actual transactions.
 
                                      F-25
<PAGE>
                    WALTER INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 15--SEGMENT INFORMATION
 
    Information relating to the Company's business segments is set forth below.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                FOR THE YEARS ENDED MAY 31,
                                                                          ----------------------------------------
<S>                                                                       <C>           <C>           <C>
                                                                              1997          1996          1995
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                       <C>           <C>           <C>
Sales and Revenues:
  Homebuilding and financing............................................  $    440,749  $    413,078  $    407,172
  Water transmission products...........................................       419,813       419,984       411,442
  Natural resources (a).................................................       345,011       362,948       332,151
  Industrial products...................................................       299,851       287,230       281,280
  Corporate.............................................................         1,637         2,395        10,277
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
    Consolidated sales and revenues (b)(c)..............................  $  1,507,061  $  1,485,635  $  1,442,322
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
Contributions to Operating Income (d)(e):
  Homebuilding and financing (f)........................................  $     81,731  $     63,390  $     44,954
  Water transmission products...........................................        13,986        10,517        12,965
  Natural resources (g).................................................        27,595      (105,929)       22,314
  Industrial products (g)...............................................        21,433       (10,406)        6,570
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                               144,745       (42,428)       86,803
 
Less-Unallocated corporate interest and other expense (h)...............       (74,647)      (92,019)     (615,898)
  Income tax benefit (expense)..........................................       (32,981)       55,155       170,450
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
    Income (loss) before extraordinary item.............................  $     37,117  $    (79,292) $   (358,645)
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization:
  Homebuilding and financing............................................  $      3,311  $      3,279  $      3,336
  Water transmission products...........................................        17,010        18,636        16,520
  Natural resources.....................................................        38,107        38,652        41,434
  Industrial products...................................................        11,696        11,890         9,073
  Corporate.............................................................         1,690         1,884         1,674
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
    Total...............................................................  $     71,814  $     74,341  $     72,037
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
Gross Capital Expenditures:
  Homebuilding and financing............................................  $      5,617  $      3,735  $      4,192
  Water transmission products...........................................        14,479        12,888        15,538
  Natural resources.....................................................        54,999        53,576        46,214
  Industrial products...................................................        25,968        12,792        24,692
  Corporate.............................................................           692           532           681
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
    Total...............................................................  $    101,755  $     83,523  $     91,317
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
Identifiable Assets:
  Homebuilding and financing............................................  $  1,796,949  $  1,802,950  $  1,789,582
  Water transmission products...........................................       452,963       480,209       480,617
  Natural resources.....................................................       387,167       381,582       465,680
  Industrial products...................................................       192,688       177,668       213,836
  Corporate (i).........................................................       197,618       248,968       295,438
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
    Total...............................................................  $  3,027,385  $  3,091,377  $  3,245,153
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-26
<PAGE>
                    WALTER INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 15--SEGMENT INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
- ------------------------
 
(a) Includes sales of coal of $309,308,000, $325,495,000 and $297,650,000 in
    1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively. Jim Walter Resources' coal supply
    contract with Alabama Power Company that had been in effect since January 1,
    1979, as amended, was superseded by a new contract executed May 10, 1994.
    The new contract is effective from July 1, 1994 through August 31, 1999.
    Sales to Alabama Power Company in each of the years ended May 31, 1997, 1996
    and 1995 were 13% of consolidated net sales and revenues.
 
(b) Inter-segment sales (made primarily at prevailing market prices) are
    deducted from sales of the selling segment and are insignificant in amount
    with the exception of the sales of the Industrial Products Group to the
    Water Transmission Products Group of $12,440,000, $13,292,000 and
    $13,373,000 and sales of the Natural Resources Group to the Industrial
    Products Group of $4,172,000, $4,774,000 and $5,397,000 in 1997, 1996 and
    1995, respectively.
 
(c) Export sales, primarily coal, were $134,733,000, $171,446,000 and
    $129,071,000 in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively. Export sales to any
    single geographic area do not exceed 10% of consolidated net sales and
    revenues.
 
(d) Operating income amounts are after deducting amortization of excess of
    purchase price over net assets acquired (goodwill) of $34,870,000 in 1997,
    $39,096,000 in 1996 and $40,027,000 in 1995. A breakdown by segment is as
    follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED MAY 31,
                                                               -------------------------------
<S>                                                            <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                 1997       1996       1995
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                            <C>        <C>        <C>
Homebuilding and financing...................................  $  28,538  $  31,246  $  31,703
Water transmission products..................................     12,212     12,247     12,214
Natural resources............................................     (1,327)    (1,331)    (1,328)
Industrial products..........................................        638      2,135      2,627
Corporate....................................................     (5,191)    (5,201)    (5,189)
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                               $  34,870  $  39,096  $  40,027
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
(e) Includes postretirement health benefits of $22,710,000, $27,129,000 and
    $25,961,000 in 1997, 1996 and 1995. A breakdown by segment is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED MAY 31,
                                                               -------------------------------
<S>                                                            <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                 1997       1996       1995
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                            <C>        <C>        <C>
Homebuilding and financing...................................  $   1,888  $   1,636  $   2,295
Water transmission products..................................      3,857      3,729      4,362
Natural resources............................................     11,873     16,640     15,004
Industrial products..........................................      4,519      4,581      3,610
Corporate....................................................        573        543        690
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                               $  22,710  $  27,129  $  25,961
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
(f) In July 1986, Waltsons, Inc., a corporation in which James W. Walter,
    Chairman Emeritus and a Director of the Company, has a twenty percent (20%)
    interest, acquired a fifty percent (50%) interest
 
                                      F-27
<PAGE>
                    WALTER INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 15--SEGMENT INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
    in the operations of Booker & Company, Inc. ("Booker"), a wholesale
    distributor of building supplies and materials. In December 1996, Waltsons,
    Inc. sold all of its interest in the operations of Booker. Booker has been a
    supplier of various building supplies and materials to Dixie Building
    Supplies, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. Booker's sales of
    building supplies and materials to such subsidiary totaled $6,091,000,
    $5,679,000 and $5,434,000 in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively. The Company
    believes that the terms of the transactions between the Company and Booker
    are at least as favorable to the Company as those that could be obtained
    from unaffiliated third parties.
 
(g) Includes FASB 121 write-down of fixed assets of $120,400,000 at two coal
    mines in the Natural Resources Group and write-off of goodwill of
    $22,865,000 in the Industrial Products Group in 1996.
 
(h) Excludes interest expense incurred by the Homebuilding and Financing Group
    of $118,959,000, $128,215,000 and $131,560,000 in 1997, 1996 and 1995,
    respectively. Such amounts are net of intercompany interest income of
    $33,135,000 and $28,127,000 in 1997 and 1996, and includes intercompany
    interest expense of $35,128,000 in 1995. The balance of unallocated expenses
    consisting primarily of unallocated interest, corporate expenses and Chapter
    11 costs (in 1995) are attributable to all groups and cannot be reasonably
    allocated to specific groups.
 
(i) Primarily cash and cash equivalents and corporate headquarters buildings and
    equipment.
 
NOTE 16--QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)
 
    The following is a summary of unaudited quarterly results of operations for
the fiscal years ended May 31, 1997 and 1996.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    MAY 31,     FEB 28,     NOV 30,     AUG 31,
1997 ($ IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)                        1997        1997        1996        1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Net sales and revenues...........................................  $  399,087  $  340,415  $  397,896  $  369,663
Gross profit.....................................................      79,893      51,662      67,963      71,269
Income (loss) before extraordinary item..........................      21,620      (2,248)      7,525      10,220
Per share........................................................         .39        (.04)        .13         .19
Net income (loss)................................................      21,620      (2,248)      7,525      10,220
Per share........................................................  $      .39  $     (.04) $      .13  $      .19
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    MAY 31,     FEB 29,     NOV 30,     AUG 31,
1996 ($ IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)                        1996        1996        1995        1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Net sales and revenues...........................................  $  389,209  $  329,142  $  378,136  $  380,148
Gross profit.....................................................      72,453      33,583      60,733      66,274
Income (loss) before extraordinary item..........................      39,720    (118,159)     (1,094)        241
Per share........................................................         .72       (2.32)       (.02)     --
Net income (loss)................................................      39,720    (123,563)     (1,094)        241
Per share........................................................  $      .72  $    (2.42) $     (.02) $   --
</TABLE>
 
    The results of operations for the quarter ended February 29, 1996 included a
$143.3 million pre-tax charge ($101.1 million after tax) for impairment of
certain long-lived assets (see Note 5) and an extraordinary pre-tax loss of $8.3
million ($5.4 million after tax) due to the early repayment of debt (see Note
8).
 
                                      F-28
<PAGE>
               REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
                        ON FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
 
Walter Industries, Inc.
 
    Our audits of the consolidated financial statements referred to in our
report dated July 10, 1997, appearing in the Form 10-K/A Amendment No. 1 also
included an audit of the Financial Statement Schedules listed in Item 14(l) of
this form. In our opinion, these Financial Statement Schedules present fairly,
in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in
conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements.
 
/s/ PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
Price Waterhouse LLP
 
Tampa, Florida
 
July 10, 1997
 
                                      F-29
<PAGE>
                                                                    SCHEDULE III
 
                    WALTER INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                       VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
 
                        FOR THE YEAR ENDED MAY 31, 1997
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     ADDITIONS
                                                       BALANCE AT   CHARGED TO    DEDUCTIONS                   BALANCE
                                                        BEGINNING    COST AND        FROM        RECLASSI-     AT END
DESCRIPTION                                              OF YEAR     EXPENSES      RESERVES      FICATIONS     OF YEAR
- -----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  -------------  ---------
                                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>            <C>
Reserves (provision for possible losses) deducted
  from installment notes receivable..................   $  26,138    $   2,861    $    2,605(1)          --   $  26,394
                                                                                                        --
                                                                                                        --
                                                       -----------  -----------  ------------                 ---------
                                                       -----------  -----------  ------------                 ---------
Reserve (provision for possible losses) deducted from
  trade receivables..................................   $   8,180    $     479    $      434(1)          --   $   8,225
                                                                                                        --
                                                                                                        --
                                                       -----------  -----------  ------------                 ---------
                                                       -----------  -----------  ------------                 ---------
Accrued workmen's compensation (2)...................   $   8,668    $   1,116    $       21(3)          --   $   9,763
                                                                                                        --
                                                                                                        --
                                                       -----------  -----------  ------------                 ---------
                                                       -----------  -----------  ------------                 ---------
Black Lung reserves (2)..............................   $  14,225    $      --    $      283(3)          --   $  13,942
                                                                                                        --
                                                                                                        --
                                                       -----------  -----------  ------------                 ---------
                                                       -----------  -----------  ------------                 ---------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Notes and accounts written off as uncollectible.
 
(2) Included in other long-term liabilities.
 
(3) Losses sustained.
 
                                      F-30
<PAGE>
                                                                    SCHEDULE III
 
                    WALTER INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                       VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
 
                        FOR THE YEAR ENDED MAY 31, 1996
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     ADDITIONS
                                                       BALANCE AT   CHARGED TO    DEDUCTIONS               BALANCE
                                                        BEGINNING    COST AND        FROM      RECLASSI-   AT END
DESCRIPTION                                              OF YEAR     EXPENSES      RESERVES    FICATIONS   OF YEAR
- -----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>        <C>
                                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
Reserves (provision for possible losses) deducted
  from instalment notes receivable...................   $  26,556    $   3,805    $    4,223(1)    --     $  26,138
                                                       -----------  -----------  ------------  ---------  ---------
                                                       -----------  -----------  ------------  ---------  ---------
Reserve (provision for possible losses) deducted from
  trade receivables..................................   $   7,998    $     562    $      380(1)    --     $   8,180
                                                       -----------  -----------  ------------  ---------  ---------
                                                       -----------  -----------  ------------  ---------  ---------
Accrued workmen's compensation (2)...................   $   4,500    $    (257)   $       75(3) $   4,500 $   8,668
                                                       -----------  -----------  ------------  ---------  ---------
                                                       -----------  -----------  ------------  ---------  ---------
Black Lung reserves (2)..............................   $  21,867    $  (3,000)   $      142(3) $  (4,500)    14,225
                                                       -----------  -----------  ------------  ---------  ---------
                                                       -----------  -----------  ------------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Notes and accounts written off as uncollectible.
 
(2) Included in other long-term liabilities.
 
(3) Losses sustained.
 
                                      F-31
<PAGE>
                                                                    SCHEDULE III
 
                    WALTER INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                       VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
 
                        FOR THE YEAR ENDED MAY 31, 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     ADDITIONS
                                                       BALANCE AT   CHARGED TO    DEDUCTIONS                 BALANCE
                                                        BEGINNING    COST AND        FROM       RECLASSI-    AT END
DESCRIPTION                                              OF YEAR     EXPENSES      RESERVES     FICATIONS    OF YEAR
- -----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  ---------
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>
                                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
Reserves (provision for possible losses) deducted
  from instalment notes receivable...................   $  26,301    $   3,473    $ 3,218 (1)          --   $  26,556
                                                       -----------  -----------  ------------         ---   ---------
                                                       -----------  -----------  ------------         ---   ---------
Reserve (provision for possible losses) deducted from
  trade receivables..................................   $   7,392    $   1,012    $   406 (1)          --   $   7,998
                                                       -----------  -----------  ------------         ---   ---------
                                                       -----------  -----------  ------------         ---   ---------
Accrued workmen's compensation (2)...................   $   3,737    $     763    $       --           --   $   4,500
                                                       -----------  -----------  ------------         ---   ---------
                                                       -----------  -----------  ------------         ---   ---------
Black Lung reserves (2)..............................   $  21,997    $      --    $   130 (3)          --   $  21,867
                                                       -----------  -----------  ------------         ---   ---------
                                                       -----------  -----------  ------------         ---   ---------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Notes and accounts written off as uncollectible.
 
(2) Included in other long-term liabilities.
 
(3) Losses sustained.
 
                                      F-32
<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
                         AMENDMENT NO. 1 ON FORM 10-K/A
                                       TO
           ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K FOR THE YEAR ENDED MAY 31, 1997
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NUMBER                                              DESCRIPTION
- -------------------  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>                  <S>
 
             2(a)(i) --Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Walter Industries, Inc. and certain of its
                       subsidiaries, dated as of December 9, 1994 (1)
 
             2(a)(ii) --Modification to the Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Walter Industries, Inc. and
                       certain of its subsidiaries, as filed in the Bankruptcy court on March 1, 1995 (2)
 
             2(a)(iii) --Findings of Fact, Conclusions of Law and Order Confirming Amended Joint Plan of
                       Reorganization of Walter Industries, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries, as modified
                       (3)
 
             3(a)    --Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (3)
 
             3(b)    --By-Laws of the Company (3)
 
            10(a)    --Stockholder's Agreement (3)
 
            10(b)    --Form of Common Stock Registration Rights Agreement (3)
 
            10(c)    --Channel One Registration Rights Agreement (7)
 
            10(d)    --Second Amended and Restated Veil Piercing Settlement Agreement (included as Exhibit 3A
                       to Exhibit 2(a)(i) (1)
 
            10(e)    --Bank Credit Agreement (8)
 
            10(f)    --Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement, dated as of March 3, 1995, among the
                       Company and the Indemnities parties thereto (5)
 
            10(g)    --New Alabama Power Contract (4)(5)
 
            10(h)    --Escrow Agreement, dated as of September 12, 1995, between the Company and Harris Trust
                       and Savings Bank, as Escrow Agent (7)
 
            10(i)    --Walter Industries, Inc. Directors' Deferred Fee Plan (7)
 
            10(j)    --1995 Long-Term Incentive Stock Plan of Walter Industries, Inc. (6)
 
            10(k)    --Agreement, dated as of August 30, 1995, between the Company and James W. Walter (7)
 
            10(l)    --Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of September 19, 1997 by and among the Stockholders of
                       Applied Industrial Materials Corporation, Certain Stockholders of AIMCOR Enterprises
                       International, Inc. AIMCOR (Germany) Limited Partnership, and AIMCOR (Luxemborg) Limited
                       Partnership, as first parties, and Walter Industries, Inc. as second party. (9)
</TABLE>
 
                                      E-1
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NUMBER                                              DESCRIPTION
- -------------------  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>                  <S>
            10(m)    --$800 Million Credit Agreement by and among Walter Industries, Inc. as Borrower,
                       NationsBank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Documentation Agent and
                       Syndication Agent and the Lenders Party hereto from time to time. (9)
 
            10(n)    --Variable Funding Loan Agreement, dated as of March 3, 1995, among Mid-State Trust V.
                       Enterprise Funding Corporation and NationsBank N.A. and amendments thereto
 
            11       --Statement re computation of per share earnings(10)
 
            21       --Subsidiaries of the Company
 
            23       --Consent of Price Waterhouse LLP
 
            24       --Power of Attorney(10)
 
            27       --Financial Data Schedule(10)
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) This Exhibit is incorporated by reference to the Application for
    Qualification of Indendture of Form T-3 filed by the Company with the
    Commission on February 6, 1995.
 
(2) This Exhibit is incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 2 to the
    Application for Qualification of Indenture on Form T-3 filed by the Company
    with the Commission on March 7, 1995.
 
(3) This Exhibit is incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement of
    Form S-1 (File No. 33-59013) filed by the Company with the Commission on May
    2, 1995.
 
(4) Portions of this document have been omitted pursuant to an approved request
    for confidential treatment dated October 11, 1995.
 
(5) This Exhibit is incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 1 to the
    Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-59013) filed by the Company
    with the Commission on May 2, 1995.
 
(6) This Exhibit is incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on
    Form S-8 filed by the Company with the Commission on April 1, 1996.
 
(7) This Exhibit is incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 2 to the
    Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-59013) filed by the Company
    with the Commission on May 2, 1995.
 
(8) This Exhibit is incorporated by reference to Form 8-K filed by the Company
    with the Commission on February 16, 1996.
 
(9) This Exhibit is incorporated by reference to Form 8-K filed by the Company
    with the Commission on October 30, 1997.
 
(10) This Exhibit is incorporated by reference to the Form 10-K filed by the
    Company on August 26, 1997.
 
                                      E-2

<PAGE>

                                                                   Exhibit 10(n)


                           VARIABLE FUNDING LOAN AGREEMENT

                              dated as of March 3, 1995

                                        among

                           ENTERPRISE FUNDING CORPORATION,

                                     the Lender,

                                         and

                                  MID-STATE TRUST V,

                                    the Borrower,

                                         and

                        FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK OF FLORIDA,

                           the Custodian/Collateral Agent,

                                         and

                            NATIONSBANK, N.A. (CAROLINAS)

                               the Administrative Agent 


<PAGE>

                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page
                                      ARTICLE I
                                       GENERAL...............................  2

SECTION 1.1.  Certain Defined Terms..........................................  2
SECTION 1.2.  Other Terms....................................................  2
SECTION 1.3.  Computation of Time Periods....................................  2


                                      ARTICLE II
                            AMOUNT AND TERMS OF COMMITMENT...................  2

SECTION 2.1.  Revolving Credit Facility......................................  2
SECTION 2.2.  Variable Funding Note..........................................  2
SECTION 2.3.  Availability of Borrowings.....................................  3
SECTION 2.4.  Selection of Tranche Periods and Tranche Rates.................  3
SECTION 2.5.  Interest and Fees..............................................  4
SECTION 2.6.  Mandatory and Optional Prepayments............................   4
SECTION 2.7.  Proceeds and Payments..........................................  6
SECTION 2.8.  Pledged Accounts...............................................  6
SECTION 2.9.  Payments and Computations, Etc.................................  7
SECTION 2.10.  Reports.......................................................  8


                                     ARTICLE III
                           REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES....................  8

SECTION 3.1.  Representations and Warranties of the Borrower.................  8
              (a)  Existence and Standing....................................  8
              (b)  Authorization and Contravention...........................  8
              (c)  Binding Effect............................................  8
              (d)  Perfection................................................  8
              (e)  Good Title................................................  9
              (f)  Accuracy of Information...................................  9
              (g)  Tax Status................................................  9
              (h)  Use of Proceeds...........................................  9
              (i)  Place of Business.........................................  9
              (j)  Nature of Accounts........................................  9
              (k)  No Event of Default.......................................  9
              (l)  Not an Investment Company.................................  9
              (m)  ERISA.....................................................  9
              (n)  Beneficial Ownership...................................... 10
              (o)  Debt for Tax.............................................. 10
              (p)  Unacceptable Investment................................... 10
              (q)  Action, Error, Omission, Etc.............................. 10
              (r)  No Litigation............................................. 10
              (s)  Default and Delinquency Ratios............................ 10
              (t)  Monthly Payments.......................................... 10
SECTION 3.2.  Reaffirmation of Representations\
                and Warranties by the Borrower............................... 11

                                         -i-


<PAGE>

                                      ARTICLE IV
                                 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT........................ 11

SECTION 4.1.  Conditions to Effectiveness.................................... 11
SECTION 4.2.  Conditions to Each Loan........................................ 13


                                      ARTICLE V
                                      COVENANTS.............................. 15

SECTION 5.1.  Affirmative Covenants of Borrower.............................. 15
              (a)  Comfort Letter............................................ 15
              (b)  Other Information......................................... 15
              (c)  Compliance Certificate.................................... 15
              (d)  Notice of Event of Default or
                   Potential Event of Default................................ 16
              (e)  Conduct of Business....................................... 16
              (f)  Compliance with Laws...................................... 16
              (g)  Furnishing of Information and
                   Inspection of Records..................................... 16
              (h)  Payment of Obligations.................................... 16
              (i)  Further Assurances........................................ 16
              (j)  Access.................................................... 17
              (k)  Costs and Expenses........................................ 17
              (l)  Amendments; Miscellaneous................................. 17

SECTION 5.2. Negative Covenants of Borrower.................................. 17
              (a)  No Extension or Amendment of Accounts..................... 17
              (b)  No Sale................................................... 18
              (c)  No Insurance.............................................. 18
              (d)  Other Business............................................ 18
              (e)  Dissolution............................................... 18
              (f)  Liens..................................................... 18
              (g)  No Amendment.............................................. 18
              (h)  No Mergers, Etc........................................... 18
              (i)  Change of Name, Etc....................................... 18
              (j)  Borrowing Base Deficiency................................. 19
              (k)  Pledged Accounts.......................................... 19
              (l)  Successor Service......................................... 19


                                      ARTICLE VI
                                   EVENTS OF DEFAULT......................... 19

SECTION 6.1.  Events of Default.............................................. 19
SECTION 6.2.  Remedies....................................................... 21

                                         -ii-


<PAGE>

                                     ARTICLE VII
                      INDEMNIFICATION; EXPENSES; RELATED MATTERS............. 21

SECTION 7.1.  Indemnities by the Borrower.................................... 21
SECTION 7.2.  Indemnity for Taxes, Reserves, and Expenses.................... 22
SECTION 7.3.  Other Costs; Expenses and Related Matters...................... 24


                                     ARTICLE VIII
                                     MISCELLANEOUS........................... 25

SECTION 8.1.  Term of Agreement.............................................. 25
SECTION 8.2.  Waivers; Amendments............................................ 25
SECTION 8.3.  Notices........................................................ 25
SECTION 8.4.  Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction;
              Integration.................................................... 27
SECTION 8.5.  Severability; Counterparts..................................... 28
SECTION 8.6.  Successors and Assigns......................................... 28
SECTION 8.7.  Waiver of Confidentiality...................................... 28
SECTION 8.8.  Confidentiality Agreement...................................... 28
SECTION 8.9.  Liability of Owner Trustee..................................... 29
SECTION 8.10. No Bankruptcy Petition Against the Lender...................... 29
SECTION 8.11. No Recourse Against Stockholders,
              Officers, or Directors......................................... 29

Form of Variable Funding Note..............................................  A-1

Form of Borrowing Request..................................................  B-1

Form of Borrower's Counsel Opinion.........................................  C-1

                                        -iii-




<PAGE>

                 VARIABLE FUNDING LOAN AGREEMENT


     VARIABLE FUNDING LOAN AGREEMENT (this "Loan Agreement"),
dated as of March 3, 1995, by and among ENTERPRISE FUNDING
CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the "Lender"), MID-STATE
TRUST V, a Delaware business trust, as borrower (the "Borrower"),
FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK OF FLORIDA, a national banking
association, as custodian and collateral agent (the "Collateral
Agent"), and NATIONSBANK, N.A. (CAROLINAS), a national banking
association, as administrative agent (the "Administrative
Agent").


                      PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

     WHEREAS, the Borrower has been established pursuant to the
Trust Agreement dated as of the date hereof;

     WHEREAS, on the Closing Date, and from time to time pursuant
to the Depositor Account Transfer Agreement dated as of the date
hereof (the "DAT Agreement"), Jim Walter Homes, Inc. (the
"Originator") has agreed to convey certain Accounts to Mid-State
Homes, Inc. (the "Depositor"), and the Depositor, pursuant to the
Borrower Account Transfer Agreement dated as of the date hereof
(the "BAT Agreement"), has agreed to convey certain Accounts to
the Borrower;

     WHEREAS, pursuant to the Custodian/Collateral Agent
Agreement dated as of the date hereof (the "CCA Agreement"), and
as collateral security for its obligations under this Loan
Agreement, the Borrower has agreed to assign all Accounts
purchased by it, all of its rights under the DAT Agreement, the
BAT Agreement, the Contribution Agreement, the Master Servicing
Agreement and the Subservicing Agreement, and all of its right,
title, interest in and to certain bank accounts and certain other
collateral, and to deliver any notes evidencing indebtedness and
certain other documents related to the Accounts, to the
Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Lender, and to take such
other steps as set forth in the CCA Agreement to create and
perfect a first lien in all such rights in favor of the
Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Lender;

     WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Lender make
Loans to the Borrower, from time to time, which will be secured
by the Collateral described above and evidenced by a Variable
Funding Note, the proceeds of which will be used to purchase the
Accounts;

     WHEREAS, the Lender will finance the Loans through the
periodic issuance of Transaction Commercial Paper and Related
Liquidity Draws; and

     WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions set forth
herein, the Lender is willing to make the Loans to the Borrower.

                                 
<PAGE>


     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual benefits to
be derived and the representations and warranties, conditions and
promises herein contained, and intending to be legally bound
hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:


                            ARTICLE I

                             GENERAL

     SECTION 1.1.  Certain Defined Terms.  Capitalized terms used
in this Loan Agreement shall have the meanings given such terms
in Annex A hereto, unless otherwise defined herein.

     SECTION 1.2.  Other Terms.  All accounting terms not
specifically defined herein or in Annex A hereto shall be
construed in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles.  All terms used in Article 9 of the UCC of the State
of New York, and not specifically defined herein or in Annex A,
are used herein as defined in such Article 9.

     SECTION 1.3.  Computation of Time Periods.  Unless otherwise
stated in this Loan Agreement, in the computation of a period of
time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word
"from" means "from and including" and the words "to" and "until"
each means "to but excluding."


                            ARTICLE II

                  AMOUNT AND TERMS OF COMMITMENT

     SECTION 2.1.  Revolving Credit Facility. Subject to the
terms and conditions hereof, the Lender agrees to make loans
("Loans") to the Borrower from time to time as permitted by this
Loan Agreement during the Facility Term in an aggregate amount
outstanding at any time not to exceed the Maximum Net Investment;
provided, however, that in no event shall the Lender make any
Loan if, after giving effect to such Loan, either (a) the Net
Investment would exceed the Maximum Net Investment or (b) a
Borrowing Base Deficiency would exist.  

     SECTION 2.2.  Variable Funding Note.  The Loans shall be
evidenced by a promissory note of the Borrower, substantially in
the form of Exhibit A (the "VFN"), payable to the order of the
Lender.  The Lender shall record the date and amount of each Loan
made and the date and amount of each payment of principal
thereof, and any such recordation shall constitute prima facie
evidence of the accuracy of the information so recorded.  The VFN
shall (a) be dated the Closing Date, (b) be stated to mature on
the Scheduled Termination Date, and (c) provide for the payment
of principal,  interest and fees in accordance with Section 2.5
and Section 2.6 hereof.

                               -2-
<PAGE>


     SECTION 2.3.  Availability of Borrowings.  During the
Facility Term, the Borrower may request Loans on any Business Day
by delivering to the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice of
each borrowing via facsimile in the form of Exhibit B hereto (a
"Borrowing Request") on the related Determination Date with
respect to Loans to be made on a Remittance Date and at least two
Business Days prior to the proposed Borrowing Date with respect
to Loans to be made on any other Borrowing Date.  The Borrowing
Request shall specify (a) the proposed Borrowing Date for such
Loan; (b) the amount of the Loan requested, which shall be at
least $5,000,000 and integral multiples of $1,000,000 in excess
thereof, and (c) the desired Tranche Period related thereto
pursuant to Section 2.4.  Each Borrowing Request shall be
irrevocable and binding on the Borrower and the Borrower shall
indemnify the Lender and the Administrative Agent against any
loss or expense incurred by the Lender or the Administrative
Agent, either directly or through the Liquidity Provider
Agreement, as a result of any failure by the Borrower to complete
such borrowing, including, without limitation, any loss
(including loss of anticipated profits) or expense incurred by
the Lender, either directly or pursuant to the Liquidity Provider
Agreement, by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of funds
acquired by the Lender or the Liquidity Provider (including,
without limitation, funds obtained by issuing commercial paper or
promissory notes or obtaining deposits as loans from third
parties) for the Lender to fund such borrowing.

     SECTION 2.4.  Selection of Tranche Periods and Tranche Rates. 

          (a)  At all times hereafter, but prior to the
     occurrence of a Termination Event, the Borrower shall,
     subject to the Lender's approval and the limitations
     described below, request Tranche Periods and allocate a
     portion of the Net Investment to each selected Tranche
     Period, so that the aggregate amounts allocated to
     outstanding Tranche Periods at all times shall equal the Net
     Investment.  The Borrower shall give the Administrative
     Agent irrevocable notice by telephone of the new requested
     Tranche Period(s) at least two Business Days prior to the
     expiration of any then existing Tranche Period; provided,
     however, that the Lender may select, in its sole discretion,
     any such new or other Tranche Period if (i) the Borrower
     fails to provide such notice on a timely basis or (ii) the
     Lender determines, in its sole discretion, that the Tranche
     Period requested by the Borrower is unavailable or for any
     reason commercially undesirable. The Lender confirms that it
     is its intention to allocate all or substantially all of the
     Net Investment to one or more CP Tranche Periods; provided,
     that the Lender may determine, from time to time, in its
     sole discretion, that funding such Net Investment by means
     of one or more CP Tranche Periods is not desirable for any
     reason.  If the Liquidity Provider acquires an interest with
     respect to the Accounts pursuant to the terms of the
     Liquidity Provider Agreement, the Liquidity Provider may
     exercise the right of selection granted to the Lender
     hereby.  The Tranche Rate applicable to any such interest
     may be the BR Rate, the


                               -3-
<PAGE>

     CD Rate, or the Eurodollar Rate, as determined by the
     Liquidity Provider.  In the case of any Tranche Period
     outstanding upon the occurrence of a Termination Event, such
     Tranche Period shall end on the date of such occurrence.

          (b)  At all times on and after the occurrence of a
     Termination Event, the Lender or the Liquidity Provider, as
     applicable, shall select all Tranche Periods and Tranche
     Rates applicable thereto.

     SECTION 2.5.  Interest and Fees.  The Borrower shall pay to
the Lender, pursuant to the terms of the CCA Agreement, as
interest on the outstanding Loans, the following amounts on the
following dates:

          (a)  on each day (i) that a Tranche matures or
     (ii) interest is due and owing on any Related Credit Support
     Disbursements, an amount equal to the Discount due on such
     maturing Tranche (together with an amount equal to any
     Discount due on maturing Transaction Commercial Paper to the
     extent the amount of Transaction Commercial Paper issued in
     order to fund such Loan exceeds the amount of such Loan) and
     on such Credit Support Related Disbursement;

          (b)  on each day that Transaction Commercial Paper is
     issued, the Dealer Fee with respect to such Transaction
     Commercial Paper;

          (c)  on each Remittance Date:

                          (i) the Program Costs (exclusive of any Dealer
          Fees paid pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section
          2.5) due and payable on such date;

                         (ii) Defaulted Interest; and

                        (iii) an amount equal to the amount owing to any
          Indemnified Party pursuant to Article VII hereof and
          certain other expenses imposed on the Lender with
          respect to funding the Net Investment or its other
          obligations hereunder for the related Collection
          Period, if any.

     SECTION 2.6.   Mandatory and Optional Prepayments.  Unless a
Termination Event has occurred:

          (a)  On each Remittance Date following the Facility
     Termination Date, the Borrower shall, or shall cause the
     Collateral Agent to, deposit in the Principal Payment
     Account the lesser of (i) the Net Investment as of the last
     day of the related Collection Period and (ii) the amount of
     Collections available therefor after application pursuant to
     clauses (i) through (iii) of Section 4.1(d) of the CCA
     Agreement.

                               -4-
<PAGE>


          (b)  On the Remittance Date with respect to which a
     Borrowing Base Deficiency existed on the related
     Determination Date and continues to exist on such Remittance
     Date, and on the second Business Day following the
     occurrence of a Borrowing Base Deficiency at any other time,
     if such Borrowing Base Deficiency still exists on such
     second Business Day, the Borrower shall, or shall cause the
     Collateral Agent to, deposit into the Principal Payment
     Account, an amount at least equal to such Borrowing Base
     Deficiency.

          (c)  On each day that principal is due with respect to
     a Related Liquidity Draw or a Related Credit Support
     Disbursement pursuant to the Credit Support Agreement, the
     Borrower shall, or shall cause the Collateral Agent to,
     deposit in the Principal Payment Account an amount equal to
     such principal.

          (d)  On or prior to the initial Scheduled Termination
     Date the Borrower shall, or shall cause the Collateral Agent
     to, deposit in the Principal Payment Account an amount not
     less than the lesser of (i) the Net Investment (or such
     other amount as agreed to by the Lender on the Business Day
     prior to such deposit) and (ii) the greater of (A) fifty
     percent of the highest outstanding Net Investment during the
     period from the Closing Date to the most recent origination
     date of the Accounts to be released from the Lien of this
     Loan Agreement in connection with such Take-Out (a "Take-Out
     Cut-Off Date") and (B) $100,000,000 (such deposit, a
     "Take-Out").  After a Take-Out occurs, if the Facility Term
     is extended pursuant to Section 8.1 hereof, the Borrower
     shall, or shall cause the Collateral Agent to, deposit in
     the Principal Payment Account within 36 months of the prior
     Take-Out not less than the lesser of (x) the Net Investment
     (or such other amount as agreed to by the Lender on the
     Business Day prior to such deposit) and (y) the greater of
     (1) fifty percent of the highest outstanding Net Investment
     during the period from the prior Take-Out to the related
     Take-Out Cut-Off Date and (2) $100,000,000.

          (e)  Following the occurrence of the Facility
     Termination Date, on each Remittance Date on which the
     amount on deposit in the Reserve Account (after giving
     effect to all deposits to such account to be made on such
     date) exceeds the Specified Reserve Account Requirement for
     such date, the Borrower shall, or shall cause the Collateral
     Agent to, deposit in the Principal Payment Account the
     amount of such excess.

          (f)  The Borrower shall have the right on any
     Remittance Date, upon written notice to the Administrative
     Agent not later than the related Determination Date, to
     deposit into the Principal Payment Account prepayments of
     principal on the VFN.

          (g)  The Lender agrees that amounts deposited in the
     Principal Payment Account pursuant to the provisions of this

                               -5-
<PAGE>

     Loan Agreement or the CCA Agreement shall be applied to
     repay maturing Tranches or related Credit Support
     Disbursements on each day a Tranche or Related Credit
     Support Disbursement matures.  The Net Investment shall be
     reduced by any amounts withdrawn and paid to or at the
     direction of the Lender from the Principal Payment Account.

          (h)  The entire principal balance of the VFN shall be
     due and payable on the Scheduled Termination Date together
     with all accrued and unpaid Discount thereon.

     SECTION 2.7.  Proceeds and Payments.  The proceeds of the
Loans shall be used by the Borrower solely to purchase Accounts
and to pay other amounts expressly permitted under the terms and
conditions of the Operative Documents.  Unless otherwise
specified herein, any payments to be made to the Lender hereunder
shall be paid or deposited in its account with Bankers Trust
Company, Corporate Agency Group, ABA No. 021 001 033, Account No.
01419647, Reference EFC FFC to XX447 General Collateral, Attn: J.
R. Angelo, or such other account as may be designated in writing
by the Lender to the Borrower.

     SECTION 2.8.  Pledged Accounts.

          (a)  The Borrower shall establish, on or prior to the
     Closing Date, an Eligible Bank Account No. __________) at
     the Collateral Agent in the name of the Collateral Agent
     (the "Collection Account"), bearing a designation clearly
     indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the
     benefit of the Lender.

          (b)  The Borrower shall establish, on or prior to the
     Closing Date, an Eligible Bank Account (No. _____________)
     at the Collateral Agent in the name of the Collateral Agent
     (the "Reserve Account") bearing a designation clearly
     indicating that the funds deposited therein are for the
     benefit of the Lender.

          (c)  The Borrower shall establish, on or prior to the
     Closing Day, an Eligible Bank Account (No.______________)
     at the Collateral Agent in the name of the Collateral Agent
     (the "Holding Account") bearing a designation clearly
     indicating that the funds deposited therein are for the
     benefit of the Lender.

          (d)  The Borrower shall establish, on or prior to the
     Closing Date, an Eligible Bank Account (ABA No. 053000196;
     Account No. 001366855) at the Administrative Agent in the
     name of the Lender (the "Principal Payment Account") bearing
     a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited
     therein are for the benefit of the Lender.  Funds on deposit
     in the Principal Payment Account (other than investment
     earnings) shall be invested in Eligible Investments at the
     written direction of the Borrower; provided that such


                               -6-
<PAGE>

     investments will mature so that sufficient funds will be
     available uninvested for application by the Lender pursuant
     to paragraph (g) of Section 2.6 hereof.  Investment earnings
     on amounts on deposit in the Principal Payment Account shall
     be paid by the Lender to the Borrower as soon as practicable
     following receipt thereof by the Lender.  The Borrower will
     deposit into the Principal Payment Account losses on
     investments in the Principal Payment Account.

          (e)  If at any time the Collection Account, the Reserve
     Account or the Holding Account shall no longer be an
     Eligible Bank Account, then the Borrower shall, within 10
     Business Days (or such longer period, not to exceed 30
     calendar days, as to which the Lender shall consent), cause
     such account to be moved such that such account will be an
     Eligible Bank Account.  The Borrower shall immediately
     notify the Administrative Agent of the new location and
     account number of such account.

     SECTION 2.9.  Payments and Computations, Etc.

          (a)  On the Business Day preceding a Borrowing Date,
     the Borrower shall request from the Lender, and the Lender
     shall provide to Borrower, the Market Discount Rate
     applicable to such Borrowing Date.  On each Determination
     Date on which a Borrowing Request is made and within one
     Business Day of a written request from the Lender, the
     Borrower shall calculate the AEB, AMV and the Borrowing
     Base, using in the case of the AMV, the Market Discount Rate
     supplied by the Lender.  The Lender and the Administrative
     Agent shall not be bound by, any calculation of the AEB, the
     AMV or the Borrowing Base by the Borrower.

          (b)  All amounts to be paid or deposited by the
     Borrower hereunder shall be paid or deposited in accordance
     with the terms hereof no later than 11:00 a.m.  (New York
     City time) on the day when due in immediately available
     funds.  If such amounts are payable to the Lender they shall
     be paid or deposited in accordance with Section 2.6 hereof,
     until otherwise notified by the Lender.  The Borrower shall,
     to the extent permitted by law, pay to the Lender upon
     demand, interest on all amounts not paid to the Lender or
     deposited when required hereunder at a rate equal to the
     Base Rate.  All computations of discount, interest, and all
     per annum fees hereunder shall be made on the basis of a
     year of 360 days for the actual number of days (including
     the first but excluding the last day) elapsed. Any
     computations by the Lender of a Borrowing Base Deficiency or
     amounts payable by the Borrower hereunder to the Lender, the
     Liquidity Provider or the Credit Support Provider shall be
     binding absent manifest error.

                               -7-

<PAGE>

     SECTION 2.10.  Reports.  On each Determination Date, the Borrower shall 
cause the Master Servicer to provide to the Lender (a) the Master Servicing 
Certificate for the related Collection Period, (b) a Schedule of Accounts 
with respect to all Accounts owned by the Borrower and (c) such other 
information as the Lender may reasonably request.

                                  ARTICLE III

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     SECTION 3.1.  Representations and Warranties of the Borrower.  The 
Borrower represents and warrants to the Lender that:

          (a)  Existence and Standing.  The Borrower (i) is a business trust 
     duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of 
     the State of Delaware, (ii) has all power and all material governmental 
     licenses, authorizations, consents, and approvals required to carry on 
     its business in each jurisdiction in which its business is now 
     conducted, and (iii) is duly qualified to do business and is in good 
     standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where the conduct of its 
     business requires such qualification.

          (b)  Authorization and Contravention.  The execution, delivery, and 
     performance by the Borrower of this Loan Agreement, the VFN, and the 
     other Operative Document to which the Borrower is a party are within the 
     Borrower's powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary action, 
     require no action by or in respect of, or filing with, any Governmental 
     Authority, and do not contravene, or constitute a default under, any 
     provision of applicable law or regulation or any other Operative 
     Document to which the Borrower is a party, or of any agreement, 
     judgment, injunction, order, decree or other instrument binding upon the 
     Borrower, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien on assets 
     of the Borrower.

          (c)  Binding Effect.  This Loan Agreement and the VFN constitute 
     the legal, valid, and binding obligations of the Borrower, enforceable 
     in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, 
     insolvency, moratorium, or other similar laws affecting the rights of 
     creditors.

          (d)  Perfection.  At all times, the Borrower shall be the owner of 
     all of the Collateral, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, 
     security interests, preferences, or other security arrangement of any 
     kind or nature whatsoever (other than those permitted by the Operative 
     Documents), and all mortgages, financing statements, and other documents 
     required to be recorded or filed in order to perfect and protect the 
     Collateral against all creditors of and purchasers from the Borrower 
     will have been duly filed in each filing office necessary for such 
     purpose and all filing fees and taxes, if

                                      -8-

<PAGE>

     any, payable in connection with such filings shall have been paid in 
     full.

          (e)  Good Title.  At all times, the Lender shall have a valid and 
     perfected first-priority security interest in the Collateral free and 
     clear of any Adverse Claim.

          (f)  Accuracy of Information.  All information heretofore furnished 
     by the Borrower or any Affiliate of the Borrower (including, without 
     limitation, any information delivered pursuant to Sections 2.10 and 5.1 
     hereof) to the Lender or the Administrative Agent for purposes of or in 
     connection with this Loan Agreement or any transactions contemplated 
     hereby is, and all such information hereafter furnished by the Borrower 
     to the Lender or the Administrative Agent will be, true and accurate in 
     every material respect on the date such information is stated or 
     certified.

          (g)  Tax Status.  The Borrower has filed all tax returns (federal, 
     state, and local) required to be filed and has paid or made adequate 
     provision for the payment of all taxes, assessments, and other 
     governmental charges.

          (h)  Use of Proceeds.  The proceeds of the Loans will be used 
     solely to purchase Accounts and to pay other amounts expressly permitted 
     under the terms and conditions of the Operative Documents.

          (i)  Place of Business.  The chief place of business of the 
     Borrower is located at the address of the Borrower indicated in Section 
     8.3 hereof and all of the Borrower's Records are kept at the offices of 
     the Collateral Agent.

          (j)  Nature of Accounts.  Each Account to be purchased with the 
     proceeds of a Loan is an Eligible Account and an "eligible asset" as 
     defined in Rule 3a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as 
     amended.

          (k)  No Event of Default.  No event has occurred and is continuing 
     and no condition exists which constitutes an Event of Default or, to the 
     knowledge of the Borrower, a Potential Event of Default.

          (l)  Not an Investment Company.  The Borrower is not an "investment 
     company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as 
     amended, or is exempt from all provisions of such Act.

          (m)  ERISA.  The Borrower is in compliance in all material respects 
     with ERISA and no lien in favor of the Pension Benefit Guaranty 
     Corporation on any of the Accounts exists.

                                      -9-

<PAGE>

          (n)  Beneficial Ownership.  The Depositor holds a 100% beneficial 
     ownership in the Borrower.

          (o)  Debt for Tax.  The Borrower will treat the Loans as 
     indebtedness for federal income tax purposes.

          (p)  Unacceptable Investment.  The Borrower has no knowledge of any 
     material circumstance or condition with respect to the Accounts, the 
     Obligors, or the credit standing of the Obligors that could reasonably 
     be expected to cause an Account to be an unacceptable investment or 
     adversely affect the value of any Account.

          (q)  Action, Error, Omission, Etc..  To the knowledge of the 
     Borrower, no material action, error, omission, misrepresentation, 
     negligence, fraud, or similar occurrence with respect to an Account has 
     taken place on the part of any person, including, without limitation, 
     any Obligor, the Depositor, the Originator, any appraiser, any builder, 
     or developer, or any other party involved in the origination of the 
     Accounts or in the application of insurance in relation to such Accounts.

          (r)  No Litigation.  There are no actions, suits, or proceedings 
     pending, or to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against or 
     affecting the Borrower or any Affiliate of the Borrower or their 
     respective properties, in or before any court, arbitrator, or other body 
     which question the validity of this Loan Agreement or the transactions 
     contemplated herein, or which could be reasonably expected to have a 
     materially adverse effect on the financial condition of the Borrower or 
     its ability to perform its obligations under this Loan Agreement (other 
     than an appeal of the Consensual Plan after entry of the Confirmation 
     Order so long as such Confirmation Order remains unstayed).  

          (s)  Default and Delinquency Ratios.  The Default Ratio and the 
     Delinquency Ratio with respect to the Accounts owned by the Borrower 
     have not exceeded 3.1% and 1.4% respectively, for the 12-month period 
     prior to December 31, 1994 and 3.8% and 1.8% respectively, for the 
     period from January 1, 1995 to the Closing Date.

          (t)  Monthly Payments.  All Monthly Payments (net of the Servicing 
     Fee) on the Accounts to be purchased with the proceeds of a Loan due 
     after the applicable Cut-Off Date and received more than three Business 
     Days prior to the Borrowing Date, plus the proceeds of each Full 
     Prepayment of any such Account (including any related payment of 
     interest) received by the Master Servicer after the Cut-Off Date but 
     more than three Business Days prior to the Borrowing Date, will have 
     been for deposited in the Holding Account in accordance with Section 2.7 
     of the Master Servicing Agreement.

                                      -10-

<PAGE>

     Any document, instrument, certificate or notice delivered to the Lender 
or the Administrative Agent under this Loan Agreement shall be deemed a 
representation and warranty by the Borrower.

     SECTION 3.2.  Reaffirmation of Representations and Warranties by the 
Borrower.  On each day that a Loan is made hereunder, the Borrower, by 
accepting the proceeds of such Loan, shall be deemed to have certified that 
all representations and warranties described in Section 3.1 are true and 
correct on and as of such day as though made on and as of such day.

                                  ARTICLE IV

                             CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     SECTION 4.1.  Conditions to Effectiveness.  On or prior to the Closing 
Date, the Lender shall have received the following documents, instruments, 
and fees, all of which shall be in a form and substance acceptable to the 
Lender, or the following actions shall have occurred:

          (a)  the Lender shall have received a certified copy of the Trust 
     Agreement duly executed by the Owner Trustee and the Depositor;

          (b)  the Lender shall have received a Good Standing Certificate for 
     the Borrower issued by the Secretary of State of Delaware and 
     certificates of qualification in all foreign jurisdictions where such 
     qualification is material to the transactions contemplated by this Loan 
     Agreement;

          (c)  the Lender shall have received copies of all Operative 
     Documents, together with all of the documents required to be delivered 
     to the Lender thereunder;

          (d)  the Lender shall have received (i) an Opinion of Counsel of 
     Shackleford, Farrior, Stallings, & Evans, P.A., special counsel to the 
     Borrower, covering the matters set forth in Exhibit C hereto and (ii) 
     such Opinions of Counsel as the Lender may reasonably request 
     satisfactory to the Lender regarding issues of state law relating to the 
     effectiveness of the Account Documents to vest in the Collateral Agent a 
     first priority lien in the Mortgaged Properties;

          (e)  the Lender shall have received the VFN, duly executed by the 
     Borrower, and all other Operative Documents, duly executed by the 
     parties thereto;

          (f)  the Borrower shall have paid to the Lender the Arrangement Fee 
     and the Commitment Fee and any Dealer Fee to be paid on the Closing Date;

                                      -11-

<PAGE>

          (g)  an order shall have been entered by the United
     States Bankruptcy Court confirming the Consensual Plan of
     Reorganization of Walter Industries, Inc. and its
     subsidiaries (the "Consensual Plan"), which order shall not
     have been stayed, and the Consensual Plan shall have become
     effective; provided, however, notwithstanding any other
     provision of this Loan Agreement, the filing or existence of
     an appeal of an order confirming the Consensual Plan, which
     shall not be the subject of a stay, and shall not be a
     basis, either directly or indirectly, for the failure or
     refusal of the Lender on or after the effective date of the
     Consensual Plan to make Loans under this Loan Agreement;

          (h)  a final, nonappealable order shall have been
     entered by the United States Bankruptcy Court (A)
     authorizing and approving the Operative Documents and the
     transactions contemplated thereby in all respects and (B)
     containing specific findings that (x) the transfers of
     Accounts contemplated by the DAT Agreement and the BAT
     Agreement are true arms-length sales for fair consideration
     under the applicable state law, (y) upon purchase of the
     Accounts by the Depositor and the Borrower, the Accounts
     become the sole property of the Depositor and the Borrower,
     as applicable, and (z) neither the Depositor nor the
     Originator retains any ownership rights in the Accounts
     pursuant to Section 541 of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise;

          (i)  the Lender shall have received an Opinion of
     Counsel (i) covering the items set forth in clauses (x)
     (solely with respect to the BAT Agreement), (y) and (z) of
     paragraph (h) (B) of this Section 4.1 and (ii) to the effect
     that, in the event of the insolvency of the Originator or
     the Depositor, the Borrower would not be substantively
     consolidated with either such Person for purposes of the
     Bankruptcy Code;

          (j)  the Borrower shall have established the Pledged
     Accounts;

          (k)  the Lender shall have received lien searches in
     the State of Florida with respect to the Originator and the
     Depositor, and in the State of Delaware with respect to the
     Borrower, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender. 
     Any termination statements or releases requested by the
     Lender to be filed with respect to the Accounts shall have
     been filed;

          (l)  the Default Ratio and the Delinquency Ratio with
     respect to all Accounts originated by the Originator shall
     not have exceeded 3.1% and 1.4%, respectively, for the
     12-month period prior to December 31, 1994 and 3.8% and
     1.8%, respectively, for the period from January 1, 1995 to
     the Closing Date; 

                                      -12-

<PAGE>

          (m)  the Lender shall have received (i) a listing or
     magnetic tape of the portfolio of outstanding unpledged
     retail installment sales contracts of the Depositor as of
     January 31, 1995 showing with respect to each such contract
     (A) the economic balance and (B) the pay-off balance of each
     such contract, and (ii) the Originator's and/or the
     Depositor's magnetic tape format and specifications, and the
     Lender shall be satisfied with the results thereof; and

          (n)  the Lender and the Administrative Agent shall have
     received such other documents instruments, certificates and
     opinions as the Lender or the Administrative Agent shall
     reasonably request.

     SECTION 4.2.  Conditions to Each Loan.  The obligation of the Lender to 
make the initial Loan hereunder and any subsequent Loan is subject to the 
satisfaction of the following conditions, each of which may be waived by the 
Lender:

          (a)  the Lender shall have received an Officers' Certificate from the
     Borrower stating that:

               (i) no Event of Default or Potential Event of
          Default shall have occurred and the Loan to be made on
          such date will not result in any breach of any of the
          terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a
          default under any of the Operative Documents to which
          the Borrower is a party, or any indenture, mortgage,
          deed of trust or other agreement or instrument to which
          the Borrower is a party or by which it is bound, or any
          order of any Governmental Authority entered in any
          proceeding to which the Borrower is a party or by which
          it may be bound or to which it may be subject, and all
          conditions precedent provided in this Loan Agreement
          relating to the Loan to be made on such date have been
          complied with;

               (ii) the Borrower is the owner of and has good
          title to each Account, has not assigned any interest or
          participation in any such Account (or, if any such
          interest or participation has been assigned, it has
          been released) and has the right to Grant each such
          Account to the Collateral Agent, and no other Person
          has any lien on, security interest in or other rights
          to any such Account;

               (iii) the Borrower has Granted to the Collateral
          Agent all of its right, title, and interest in and to
          each Account Granted to the Collateral Agent by it to
          secure the VFN;

               (iv) the information set forth in the Schedule of
          Accounts delivered to the Collateral Agent is correct;
          and

                                      -13-

<PAGE>

               (v) no material adverse change shall have
          occurred in the affairs of the Borrower or the Master
          Servicer or the value of the Accounts since December
          20, 1994, with respect to the initial Loan, and the
          preceding Borrowing Date, with respect to each Loan
          thereafter;

          (b)  all of the Account Documents relating to the
     Accounts to be purchased on such date have been delivered to
     the Collateral Agent within the time periods specified in
     Section 3.1 of the CCA Agreement, except that (i) in lieu of
     delivering the Account Documents for any Account which has
     been the subject of a Full Prepayment received by the Master
     Servicer after the Cut-Off Date but no later than three
     Business Days prior to the Borrowing Date, the Borrower may
     deliver, or cause to be delivered, as indicated in the
     Officers' Certificate from the Master Servicer delivered
     pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 4.2, the cash
     proceeds of such Full Prepayment and (ii) in lieu of
     delivering the Account Documents for any Account with
     respect to which foreclosure proceedings have been commenced
     and such Account Documents are required in connection with
     the prosecution of such proceedings, the Borrower may
     deliver a trust receipt pursuant to Section 3.2 of the CCA
     Agreement;

          (c)  the Borrower shall have delivered a Borrowing
     Request to the Lender pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof;

          (d)  the Lender and the Collateral Agent shall have
     received the Schedule of Accounts relating to the Accounts
     to be purchased with the proceeds of such Loan;

          (e)  the Lender shall have received acknowledgment
     copies of proper financing statements, duly filed under the
     Uniform Commercial Code of all jurisdictions that the Lender
     may deem necessary or desirable in order to perfect the
     ownership interest of the Borrower created by the BAT
     Agreement and the security interests created by the CCA
     Agreement and all other filings, notifications, consents and
     recordings necessary to consummate the transactions
     contemplated hereunder and under the other Operative
     Documents shall be accomplished and the Lender shall have
     received evidence of such filings, notifications, consents
     and recordings satisfactory in form and substance to the
     Lender;

          (f)  the Lender shall have received copies of all
     consents, licenses and approvals, if any, required in
     connection with the execution, delivery and performance by
     it and the validity and enforceability against it of the
     Operative Documents to approvals shall be in full force and
     effect;

          (g)  no more than 7% of the Accounts then owned by the
     Borrower may be in arrears for 60 days or more as of the
     last day of any month preceding the Borrowing Date;

                                      -14-

<PAGE>

          (h)  the Depositor shall have continued to purchase or
     otherwise acquire all of the Accounts originated by the
     Originator on an ongoing basis;

          (i)  after giving effect to any new Loan, no Borrowing
     Base Deficiency shall exist;

          (j)  the Facility Termination Date shall not have
     occurred;

          (k)  the order entered by the United States Bankruptcy
     Court confirming the Consensual Plan shall not have been
     stayed; and

          (l)  no Servicer Default or default under any
     Subservicing Agreement shall have occurred and be
     continuing, and no condition that with the giving of notice
     or the passage of time world constitute a Servicer Default
     or a default under any Subservicing Agreement shall have
     occurred and be continuing.


                                  ARTICLE V

                                  COVENANTS

     SECTION 5.1.  Affirmative Covenants of Borrower.  At all times from the 
date hereof to the date on which all amounts due and owing to the Lender 
hereunder have been paid in full and this Loan Agreement has terminated 
unless the Lender shall otherwise consent in writing:

          (a)  Comfort Letter.  The Borrower shall deliver to the
     Lender within 60 days of its reasonable request a Comfort
     Letter with respect to all Accounts owned by the Borrower.

          (b)  Other Information.  The Borrower shall deliver to
     the Lender (i) a copy of all financial documents and reports
     provided to the Borrower by the Depositor, the Originator or
     any other Person in any capacity pursuant to the Operative
     Documents, and (ii) such other information (including
     non-financial information) as the Lender may from time to
     time reasonably request.

          (c)  Compliance Certificate.  The Borrower shall
     deliver to the Lender within 90 days after the close of its
     fiscal year, a compliance certificate signed by an
     authorized signatory of the Borrower stating that no Event
     of Default or Potential Event of Default exists, or if any
     Event of Default or Potential Event of Default exists,
     stating the nature and status thereof.

                                      -15-


<PAGE>

          (d)  Notice of Event of Default or Potential Event of
     Default.  As soon as possible and in any event within two 
     days after the occurrence of an Event of Default or a
     Potential Event of Default, the Borrower shall provide to
     the Lender a statement setting forth details of such Event
     of Default or Potential Event of Default and the action
     which the Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto. 
     The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of the
     occurrence of any event of default or event, which, due to
     the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, could become
     an event of default by itself, the Depositor or the
     Originator in any capacity under any of the Operative
     Documents of which it becomes aware.

          (e)  Conduct of Business.  The Borrower will carry on
     and conduct its business in substantially the same manner as
     it is presently conducted and do all things necessary to
     remain duly organized, validly existing, and in good
     standing as a business trust in the State of Delaware and
     maintain all requisite authority to conduct its business in
     each jurisdiction in which its business is conducted.

          (f)  Compliance with Laws.  The Borrower will comply
     with all laws, rules, regulations, orders, writs, judgments,
     injunctions, decrees, or awards to which it may be subject.

          (g)  Furnishing of Information and Inspection of
     Records.  The Borrower will furnish to the Lender from time
     to time such information with respect to the Accounts as the
     Lender may reasonably request, including, without
     limitation, a schedule identifying the Obligor and the
     Outstanding Balance for each Account.

          (h)  Payment of Obligations.  The Borrower shall pay,
     discharge or otherwise satisfy at or before maturity or
     before they become delinquent, as the case may be, all its
     obligations of whatever nature.

          (i)  Further Assurances.  The Borrower shall do such
     further acts and things and execute and deliver to the
     Lender such assignments, agreements, powers and instruments
     as are required by the Lender to carry into effect the
     purposes of this Agreement and the other Operative Documents
     or to better assure and confirm unto the Lender its rights,
     powers and remedies hereunder and under the other Operative
     Documents, including, without limitation, to obtain such
     consents and give such notices, and to file and record all
     such documents and instruments, and renew each such consent,
     notice, filing and recordation, at such time or times, in
     such manner and at such places, as may be necessary or
     desirable to preserve and protect the position of the Lender
     hereunder and under the other Operative Documents.  This
     covenant shall survive the termination of this Loan
     Agreement.

                               - 16 -


<PAGE>

          (j)  Access.  The Borrower shall allow, and cause the
     Depositor to allow, the Lender and its representatives full
     and complete access during normal business hours and upon
     reasonable notice to the books, records, documents, and
     facilities of the Borrower and the Depositor, and will on
     the same conditions make the officers, employees, attorneys,
     agents, independent accountants, and actuaries of the
     Borrower and the Depositor available to discuss such aspects
     of the business, financial condition, or prospects of the
     Borrower and the Depositor as may be reasonably necessary.

          (k)  Costs and Expenses.  The Borrower shall pay all
     costs, fees, intangible, documentary and recording taxes in
     connection with the execution and delivery of this Loan
     Agreement and the other Operative Documents.

          (l)  Amendments; Miscellaneous.

               (i) The Borrower shall furnish to the Collateral
          Agent and the Lender copies of the form of each
          proposed amendment to the Trust Agreement, the Master
          Servicing Agreement or the Subservicing Agreement at
          least 60 days prior to the proposed date of adoption of
          any such proposed amendment.

              (ii) The Borrower will at all times hold itself
          out to the public under the Borrower's own name and as
          a separate and distinct entity from Walter Industries,
          Inc. and any of its Affiliates.

             (iii) The Borrower will at all times be responsible
          for the payment of all its obligations and
          indebtedness, will at all times maintain a business
          office, records, books of account, and funds separate
          from the Depositor and will observe all customary
          formalities of independent existence.

              (iv) To the extent such compliance involves
          questions of law, the Borrower shall be deemed in
          compliance with the requirements of any provision of
          this paragraph (l) if it is acting in accordance with
          an opinion of counsel as to such requirements.

     SECTION 5.2.  Negative Covenants of Borrower.  During the
term of this Loan Agreement, unless the Lender shall otherwise
consent in writing:

          (a)  No Extension or Amendment of Accounts.  Except as
     permitted by Section 2.1(j) of the Master Servicing
     Agreement or Section 3.4 of the CCA Agreement, the Borrower
     will not extend, amend, or otherwise modify the terms of any
     Account, or amend, modify, or waive any term or condition of
     any Account Document related thereto.

                               - 17 -


<PAGE>

          (b)  No Sale.  The Borrower shall not sell, transfer,
     exchange or otherwise dispose of any portion of the
     Collateral except as expressly permitted by the Operative
     Documents.

          (c)  No Insurance.  The Borrower shall not obtain or
     carry insurance relating to the Accounts separate from that
     required by the Master Servicing Agreement, unless the
     Lender shall have the same rights with respect thereto as it
     has with respect to the insurance required by the Master
     Servicing Agreement.

          (d)  Other Business.  The Borrower shall not engage in
     any business or activity other than in connection with, or
     relating to, the issuance of the VFN or the preservation of
     the Collateral and the release of assets therefrom pursuant
     to this Loan Agreement, and the other Operative Documents to
     which the Borrower is a party.

          (e)  Dissolution.  The Borrower shall not dissolve or
     liquidate in whole or in part.

          (f)  Liens.  The Borrower shall not (i) permit the
     validity or effectiveness of this Loan Agreement or the CCA
     Agreement to be impaired, or permit the lien of the CCA
     Agreement to be amended, hypothecated, subordinated,
     terminated or discharged, or permit any Person to be
     released from any covenants or obligations under this Loan
     Agreement or, (ii) except as may be expressly permitted by
     the Operative Documents, permit any lien, charge, security
     interest, mortgage or other encumbrance (other than the lien
     of the CCA Agreement) to be created on or extend to or
     otherwise arise upon or burden the Collateral or any part
     thereof or any interest therein or the proceeds thereof, or
     (iii) except as permitted by the Operative Documents, permit
     the lien of the CCA Agreement not to constitute a valid and
     perfected first priority security interest in the
     Collateral.

          (g)  No Amendment.  The Borrower shall not amend the
     Trust Agreement.

          (h)  No Mergers, Etc.  The Borrower will not
     consolidate or merge with or into any other Person.

          (i)  Change of Name, Etc.  The Borrower will not change
     its name, identity, or structure or its chief executive
     office, unless at least 10 days prior to the effective date
     of any such change the Borrower delivers to the Collateral
     Agent UCC financing statements, executed by the Borrower,
     necessary to reflect such change and to continue the
     perfection of the Lender's ownership interests or security
     interests in the Accounts.

          (j)  Borrowing Base Deficiency.  The Borrower shall not
     on any day, permit a Borrowing Base Deficiency to exist.

                               - 18 -

<PAGE>

          (k)  Pledged Accounts.  The Borrower shall not move any
     Pledged Account from the institution at which they are
     maintained on the Closing Date, except as permitted in
     accordance with Section 2.8.

          (l)  Successor Servicer.  The Borrower shall not permit
     any change of master servicer, except in accordance with the
     Master Servicing Agreement.


                            ARTICLE VI

                        EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     SECTION 6.1.  Events of Default.  The occurrence of any one
or more of the following events shall constitute an Event of
Default:

          (a)  Any representation, warranty, certification, or
     statement made by the Borrower in this Loan Agreement or in
     any other document delivered pursuant hereto or other
     Operative Document, or by the Depositor or the Originator in
     any of the Operative Documents, shall prove to have been
     incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made;

          (b)  Failure of the Borrower, to pay or deposit any
     amounts when required hereunder;

          (c)  Failure of the Borrower, the Depositor, the
     Originator, or any of their respective Affiliates to pay
     when due any amounts due hereunder or the default by the
     Borrower, in the performance of any term, provision, or
     condition contained in any agreement under which any
     Indebtedness greater than $5,000,000 was created or is
     governed, regardless of whether such event is an "event of
     default" or "default" under any such agreement; or any
     Indebtedness greater than $5,000,000 shall be declared to be
     due and payable or required to be prepaid (other than by a
     regularly scheduled payment) prior to the date of maturity
     thereof;

          (d)  The default by the Borrower in the performance of
     any covenant or undertaking (i) to be performed or observed
     under Sections 5.1(d), 5.2(b), (d), (e), (f), (g), or (h) or
     (ii) to be performed or observed under any other provision
     hereof (other than described in paragraph (b) of this
     Section 6.1) and such default in the case of this clause
     (ii) shall continue for five days;

          (e)  Any representation or warranty made or deemed made
     by the Borrower, the Originator or the Depositor, in any
     capacity, which is contained in any Operative Document or in
     any agreement, written report or written information
     furnished at any time under or required by the Operative
     Documents shall prove to have been false or incorrect in any
     material respect on or as of the date made or deemed made;

                               - 19 -

<PAGE>

          (f)  Any Event of Bankruptcy shall occur with respect
     to the Borrower, the Depositor, the Originator, or any of
     their Affiliates;

          (g)  The Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the
     Lender, shall, for any reason, fail to have a valid and
     perfected first-priority security interest in the
     Collateral;

          (h)  The Depositor or the Originator shall enter into
     any transaction or merger whereby it is not the surviving
     entity;

          (i)  There shall have occurred any material adverse
     change in the operations of the Borrower, the Depositor, the
     Master Servicer or the Originator since the Closing Date
     which would have or reasonably could be expected to have a
     material adverse effect on the Lender or any other event
     shall have occurred which materially affects the Borrower's
     ability to perform under this Loan Agreement or the
     collectibility of the Accounts;

          (j)  An event of default under the Master Servicing
     Agreement or the Subservicing Agreement shall have occurred;

          (k)  The Depositor shall fail to maintain its 100%
     beneficial ownership interest in the Borrower;

          (l)  The Collections Coverage Ratio averaged for any 
     three consecutive Collection Periods is (i) until a Take-Out
     has occurred, less than 125% for the first four Collection
     Periods after the Closing Date, 150% for any of the next
     eight Collection Periods, and 175% thereafter, (ii)
     following the occurrence of a Take-Out that is between 50%
     and 75% of the highest outstanding Net Investment for the
     period from the Closing Date to the Take-Out Cut-Off Date,
     in the case of the first Take-Out, or for the period between
     Take-Out Cut-Off Dates for subsequent Take-Outs, less than
     150% for the four Collection Periods following such Take-Out
     and 175% for each Collection Period thereafter and (iii)
     following the occurrence of a Take-Out that is greater than
     75% of the highest outstanding Net Investment for the period
     from the Closing Date to the Take-Out Cut-Off Date, in the
     case of the first Take-Out, or for the period between
     Take-Out Cut-Off Dates for subsequent Take-Outs, less than
     125% for the three Collection Periods following such
     Take-Out, 150% for the next six Collection Periods, and 175%
     thereafter;

          (m)  The amount on deposit in the Reserve Account fails
     to reach the Specified Reserve Account Requirement on or
     prior to the 15th Remittance Date or on or prior to the
     sixth Remittance Date following a Reserve Account Event;

          (n)  The Delinquency Ratio with respect to the Accounts
     owned by the Borrower averaged for any three consecutive
     Collection Periods exceeds 3.5%;

                               - 20 -


<PAGE>

         (o)  The Default Ratio with respect to the Accounts owned by the 
    Borrower averaged for any three consecutive Collection Periods exceeds 
    6%; or 

         (p)  The Borrower fails to perform a Take-Out as set forth in 
    Section 2.6 hereof. 

    SECTION   6.2.  Remedies.  If a Termination Event shall have occurred, 
the Facility Term shall terminate.  Upon the occurrence of a Termination 
Event, the Lender shall be entitled to exercise any rights it may have 
pursuant to the Operative Documents, including, without limitation, the CCA 
Agreement.  The Lender may declare all amounts outstanding with respect to 
the VFN to be immediately due and payable, by a notice in writing to the 
Borrower, and upon any such declaration, together with accrued and unpaid 
interest thereon to the date of such acceleration and any other amounts due 
and payable to the Lender hereunder, shall become immediately due and payable.

                                 ARTICLE VII

                 INDEMNIFICATION; EXPENSES; RELATED MATTERS

    SECTION 7.1  Indemnities by the Borrower. Without limiting any other 
rights which the Lender may have hereunder or under applicable law, the 
Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify the Lender, the Liquidity Provider and 
the Credit Support Provider and any of their permitted assigns and their 
respective officers, directors, and employees (collectively, "Indemnified 
Parties") from and against any and all damages, losses, claims, liabilities, 
costs, and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees (which such 
attorneys may be employees of the Liquidity Provider, the Credit Support 
Provider, or the Lender) and disbursements (all of the foregoing being 
collectively referred to as "Indemnified Amounts") awarded against or 
incurred by any of them arising out of or as a result of this Loan Agreement 
or the transactions contemplated hereby excluding, however, (i) Indemnified 
Amounts to the extent resulting from gross negligence or willful misconduct 
on the part of an Indemnified Party or (ii) recourse (except as otherwise 
specifically provided in this Loan Agreement) for uncollectible Accounts.  
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower shall 
indemnify each Indemnified Party for Indemnified Amounts relating to or 
resulting from:

         (a)  reliance on any representation or warranty made by the Borrower 
    under or in connection with this Loan Agreement or any other information 
    or report delivered by the Borrower pursuant hereto, which shall have 
    been false or incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made; 

         (b)  the failure by the Borrower to comply with any applicable law, 
    rule, or regulation with respect to any 

                                     - 21 -

<PAGE>

    Account, or the nonconformity of any Account with any such applicable 
    law, rule, or regulation; 

         (c)  the failure to vest and maintain vested in the Lender a 
    first-priority perfected security interest in the Collateral, free and 
    clear of any Adverse Claim; 

         (d) the failure to file or record, or any delay in filing or 
    recording, mortgages, financing statements, continuation statements, or 
    other similar instruments or documents under the UCC of any applicable 
    jurisdiction or other applicable laws with respect to any of the 
    Collateral; or

         (e)  any dispute, claim, offset, or defense (other than discharge in 
    bankruptcy) of an Obligor to the payment of any Account (including, 
    without limitation, a defense based on such Account not being legal, 
    valid, and binding obligation of such Obligor enforceable against it in 
    accordance with its terms);

provided, however, that if the Lender enters into agreements for the purchase 
of interests in receivables from or the making of loans to one or more Other 
Transferors, the Lender shall allocate such Indemnified Amounts which are in 
connection with the Liquidity Provider Agreement, the Credit Support 
Agreement or the credit support furnished by the Credit Support Provider to 
the Borrower and each Other Transferor; and provided, further, that if such 
Indemnified Amounts are attributable to the Borrower and not attributable to 
any Other Transferor, the Borrower shall be solely liable for such 
Indemnified Amounts or if such Indemnified Amounts are attributable to Other 
Transferors and not attributable to the Borrower, such Other Transferors 
shall be solely liable for such Indemnified Amounts.

     SECTION 7.2.  Indemnity for Taxes, Reserves, and Expenses.

         (a)  If after the date hereof, the adoption of any Law or bank 
    regulatory guideline or any amendment or change in the interpretation of 
    any existing or future Law or bank regulatory guideline by any 
    Governmental Authority charged with the administration, interpretation, 
    or application thereof, or the compliance with any directive of any 
    Governmental Authority (in the case of any bank regulatory guideline, 
    whether or not having the force of Law): 

              (i)  shall subject any Indemnified Party to any tax, duty, or 
         other charge with respect to this Loan Agreement, the VFN, the 
         Accounts, or payments of amounts due hereunder, or shall change the 
         basis of taxation of payments to any Indemnified Party of amounts 
         payable in respect of this Loan Agreement, the VFN, the Accounts, or 
         payments of amounts due hereunder or its obligation to advance funds 
         under the Liquidity Provider Agreement or 

                                     - 22 -

<PAGE>

         the credit support furnished by the Credit Support Provider or 
         otherwise in respect of this Loan Agreement, the VFN or the Accounts 
         (except for changes in the rate of general corporate, franchise, net 
         income, or other income tax imposed on such Indemnified Party by the 
         jurisdiction in which such Indemnified Party's principal executive 
         office is located); 

              (ii) shall impose, modify, or deem applicable any reserve, 
         special deposit, or similar requirement (including, without 
         limitation, any such requirement imposed by the Board of Governors 
         of the Federal Reserve System) against assets of, deposits with or 
         for the account of, or credit extended by, any Indemnified Party or 
         shall impose on any Indemnified Party or on the United States market 
         for certificates of deposit or the London interbank market any other 
         condition affecting this Loan Agreement, the VFN, the Accounts, or 
         payments of amounts due hereunder or its obligation to advance funds 
         under the Liquidity Provider Agreement or the credit support 
         provided by the Credit Support Provider or otherwise in respect of 
         this Loan Agreement, the VFN, or the Accounts; or

              (iii) imposes upon any Indemnified Party any other expense 
         (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and 
         expenses, and expenses of litigation or preparation therefor in 
         contesting any of the foregoing) with respect to this Loan 
         Agreement, the VFN, the Accounts, or payments of amounts due 
         hereunder or its obligation to advance funds under the Liquidity 
         Provider Agreement or the credit support furnished by the Credit 
         Support Provider or otherwise in respect of this Loan Agreement, the 
         VFN, or the Accounts,

    and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such 
    Indemnified Party with respect to this Loan Agreement, the VFN, the 
    Accounts, the obligations hereunder, the funding of any Loans hereunder, 
    the Liquidity Provider Agreement, or the Credit Support Agreement, by an 
    amount deemed by such Indemnified Party to be material, then, within 10 
    days after demand by the Lender, the Borrower shall pay to the Lender 
    such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Indemnified 
    Party for such increased cost or reduction.

         (b)  If any Indemnified Party shall have determined that after the 
    date hereof, the adoption of any applicable Law or bank regulatory 
    guideline regarding capital adequacy, or any change therein, or any 
    change in the interpretation thereof by any Governmental Authority, or 
    any directive regarding capital adequacy (in the case of any bank 
    regulatory guideline, whether or not having the force of law) of any such 
    Governmental Authority, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate 
    of return on capital of such Indemnified Party (or its parent) as a 
    consequence of such Indemnified Party's obligations hereunder or with 
    respect hereto to a level below that which such Indemnified 

                                     - 23 -

<PAGE>

    Party (or its parent) could have achieved but for such adoption, change, 
    request, or directive (taking into consideration its policies with 
    respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such Indemnified 
    Party to be material, then from time to time, within 10 days after demand 
    by the Lender, the Borrower shall pay to the Lender such additional 
    amount or amounts as will compensate such Indemnified Party (or its 
    parent) for such reduction. 

         (c)  The Lender will promptly notify the Borrower of any event of 
    which it has knowledge, occurring after the date hereof, which will 
    entitle an Indemnified Party to compensation pursuant to this Section 
    7.2.  A notice by the Lender claiming compensation under this Section 7.2 
    and setting forth the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it 
    hereunder shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.  In 
    determining such amount, the Lender may use any reasonable averaging and 
    attributing methods. 

         (d)  Anything in this Section 7.2 to the contrary notwithstanding, 
    if the Lender enters into agreements for the acquisition of interests in 
    receivables from one or more Other Transferors, the Lender shall allocate 
    the liability for any amounts under this Section 7.2 ("Section 7.2 
    Costs") to the Borrower and each Other Transferor; provided, however, 
    that if such Section 7.2 Costs are attributable to the Borrower and not 
    attributable to any Other Transferor, the Borrower shall be solely liable 
    for such Section 7.2 Costs or if such Section 7.2 Costs are attributable 
    to Other Transferors and not attributable to the Borrower, such Other 
    Transferors shall be solely liable for such Section 7.2 Costs.

    SECTION 7.3.  Other Costs; Expenses and Related Matters.

         (a)  The Borrower agrees, upon receipt of a written invoice, to pay 
    or cause to be paid, and to save the Lender and the Administrative Agent 
    harmless against liability for the payment of, all reasonable 
    out-of-pocket expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys', 
    accountants' and other third parties' fees and expenses, any filing fees 
    and expenses incurred by officers or employees of the Lender) incurred by 
    or on behalf of the Lender and the Administrative Agent (i) in connection 
    with the negotiation, execution, delivery, and preparation of this Loan 
    Agreement, the other Operative Documents, and any documents or 
    instruments delivered pursuant hereto and the transactions contemplated 
    hereby (including, without limitation, the perfection or protection 
    of the Collateral) and (ii) from time to time (A) relating to any 
    amendments, waivers, or consents under this Loan Agreement, (B) arising 
    in connection with the Lender's or its agent's enforcement or 
    preservation of rights (including, without limitation, the perfection and 
    protection
                                     - 24 -

<PAGE>

    of the Collateral under this Loan Agreement), or (C) arising 
    in connection with any audit, dispute, disagreement, litigation, or 
    preparation for litigation involving this Loan Agreement and the other 
    Operative Documents (all of such amounts, collectively, "Transaction 
    Costs"). 

         (b)  The Borrower shall pay the Lender on demand any Early 
    Collection Fee due on account of the reduction of the Net Investment on a 
   day prior to a Remittance Date. 


                                   ARTICLE VIII

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

    SECTION 8.1  Term of Agreement.  This Loan Agreement shall terminate 
following the Facility Termination Date when the Net Investment has been 
reduced to zero, all accrued Discount has been paid in full, and all other 
amounts due under this Loan Agreement have been paid in full; provided, 
however, that (i) the rights and remedies of the Lender with respect to any 
representation and warranty made or deemed to be made by Borrower pursuant to 
this Loan Agreement, (ii) the indemnification and payment provisions of 
Article VII, and (iii) the agreement set forth in Section 8.9 thereof, shall 
be continuing and shall survive any termination of this Loan Agreement.

    SECTION 8.2  Waivers; Amendments.  No failure or delay on the part of the 
Lender in exercising any power, right, or remedy under this Loan Agreement 
shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise 
of any such power, right, or remedy preclude any other further exercise 
thereof or the exercise of any other power, right, or remedy.  The rights and 
remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and nonexclusive of any rights 
or remedies provided by law.  Any provision of this Loan Agreement may be 
amended if, but only if, such amendment is in writing and is signed by the 
Borrower and the Lender.

    SECTION 8.3  Notices.  Except as provided below, all communications and 
notices provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including bank wire, 
telecopy, or electronic facsimile transmission or similar writing) and shall 
be given to the other party at its address or telecopy number set forth below 
or at such other address or telecopy number as such party may hereafter 
specify for the purposes of notice to such party.  Each such notice or other 
communication shall be effective (a) if given by telecopy, when such telecopy 
is transmitted to the telecopy number specified in this Section and 
confirmation is received, (b) if given by mail three Business Days following 
such posting, or (c) if given by any other means, when received at the 
address specified in this Section 8.3.  However, anything in this Section 8.3 
to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower hereby authorizes the Lender to 
effect Loans and Tranche Period selections based on telephonic notices made 
by any Person which the Lender in good faith believes 

                                     - 25 -

<PAGE>

to be acting on behalf of the Borrower.  The Borrower agrees to deliver 
promptly to the Administrative Agent a written confirmation of each 
telephonic notice signed by an authorized officer of the Borrower.  However, 
the absence of such confirmation shall not affect the validity of such 
notice.  If the written confirmation differs in any material respect from the 
action taken by the Lender, the records of the Lender and the Administrative 
Agent shall govern absent manifest error.

         If to the Lender:

              Enterprise Funding Corporation
              c/o Merrill Lynch Money Markets Inc.
              World Financial Center -- South Tower
              225 Liberty Street
              New York, New York  10080
              Attention:  Gary Carlin
              Telephone:  (212) 236-7200
              Telecopy:   (212) 236-7584

              (with a copy to the Administrative Agent)

         If to the Borrower:

              Mid-State Trust V
              c/o Wilmington Trust Company
              1100 North Market Street
              Wilmington, Delaware 19890
              Attention:  Bruce L. Bisson
              Telephone:  (302) 651-1000
              Telecopy:   (302) 651-8882

         with a copy to:

              Mid-State Homes, Inc.
              1500 North Dale Mabry Highway
              Tampa, Florida  33607
              Attention:  William H. Weldon
              Telephone:  (813) 871-4523
              Telecopy:   (813) 871-4430

         If to the Collateral Agent:

              First Union National Bank of Florida, N.A.
              First Union Financial Center
              200 South Biscayne Boulevard
              Miami, FL  33131
              Attention:  Corporate Trust Department
              Telephone:  (305) 789-4686
              Telecopy:   (305) 789-4678

                                     - 26 -

<PAGE>

         If to the Administrative Agent:

              NationsBank, N.A. (Carolinas)
              NationsBank Corporate Center  7th Floor
              Charlotte, North Carolina  28255
              Attention:  Michelle M. Heath
                             Investment Banking
              Telephone:  (704) 386-7922
              Telecopy:   (704) 388-9169

    SECTION 8.4.  Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Integration.

          (a)  THIS LOAN AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN 
    ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.  THE BORROWER HEREBY 
    SUBMITS TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT 
    COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK AND OF ANY NEW YORK STATE 
    COURT SITTING IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK FOR PURPOSES OF ALL LEGAL 
    PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS LOAN AGREEMENT OR THE 
    TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.  The Borrower hereby irrevocably 
    waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, any objection 
    which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such 
    proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that any such proceeding 
    brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. 
    Nothing in this Section 8.4 shall affect the right of the Lender to bring 
    any action or proceeding against the Borrower or its property in the 
    courts of other jurisdictions.

         (b)  This Loan Agreement contains the final and complete integration 
    of all prior expressions by the parties hereto with respect to the 
    subject matter hereof and shall constitute the entire Agreement among the 
    parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof superseding all 
    prior oral or written understandings. 

         (c)  Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this Section 8.4, if anything 
    in such paragraph is deemed to conflict with the retention of 
    jurisdiction by the Court (as defined in the Consensual Plan) set forth 
    in the Consensual Plan, the Consensual Plan shall govern.

    SECTION 8.5.  Severability; Counterparts.  This Loan Agreement may be 
executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in 
separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be 
an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the 
same Agreement.  Any provisions of this Loan Agreement which are prohibited 
or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be 
ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without 
invalidating the remaining provisions

                                     - 27 -

<PAGE>

hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction 
shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other 
jurisdiction.

    SECTION 8.6.  Successors and Assigns.

         (a)  This Loan Agreement shall be binding on the parties hereto and 
    their respective successors and assigns; provided, however, that the 
    Borrower may not assign any of its rights or delegate any of its duties 
    hereunder without the prior written consent of the Lender.  No provision 
    of this Loan Agreement shall in any manner restrict the ability of the 
    Lender to assign, participate, grant security interests in, or otherwise 
    transfer any portion of the Collateral.

         (b)  The Borrower hereby agrees and consents to the assignment by 
    the Lender from time to time of all or any part of its rights under, 
    interest in, and title to this Loan Agreement and its interest in the 
    Collateral to any Liquidity Provider.  In addition, the Borrower hereby 
    agrees and consents to the complete assignment by the Lender of all of 
    its rights under, interest in, and title to this Loan Agreement and its 
    interest in the Collateral to the Collateral Agent.

    SECTION 8.7.  Waiver of Confidentiality.  The Borrower hereby consents to 
the disclosure of any nonpublic information with respect to it received by 
the Lender or the Administrative Agent to any of the Lender, any nationally 
recognized rating agency rating the Lender's commercial paper, the 
Administrative Agent, the Liquidity Provider, the Dealers, or the Credit 
Support Provider in relation to this Loan Agreement.

    SECTION 8.8.  Confidentiality Agreement.  The Borrower hereby agrees that 
it will not disclose the contents of this Loan Agreement or any other 
proprietary or confidential information of the Lender, the Collateral Agent, 
the Administrative Agent, the Liquidity Provider or the Credit Support 
Provider to any other Person except (a) its auditors and attorneys, employees 
or financial advisors (other than any commercial bank), and any nationally 
recognized rating agency, provided such auditors, attorneys, employees, 
financial advisors, or rating agencies are informed of the highly 
confidential nature of such information or (b) as otherwise required by 
applicable law or order of a court of competent jurisdiction.

    SECTION 8.9.  Liability of Owner Trustee.  It is expressly understood and 
agreed by the parties hereto that (a) this Loan Agreement is executed and 
delivered by Wilmington Trust Company, not individually or personally but 
solely as Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement, in the exercise of the 
powers and authority conferred and vested in it as the Owner Trustee, (b) 
each of the representations, undertakings and agreements herein made on the
part of the Borrower is made and intended not as personal

                                     - 28 -

<PAGE>
representations, undertakings and agreements by Wilmington Trust Company but is
made and intended for the purpose for binding only the Borrower, (c) nothing
herein contained shall be construed as creating any liability on Wilmington
Trust Company, individually or personally, to perform any covenant either
expressed or implied contained herein, all such liability, if any, being
expressly waived by the other parties hereto and by any Person claiming by,
through or under such parties and (d) under no circumstances shall Wilmington 
Trust Company be personally liable for the payment of any indebtedness or
expenses of the Borrower or be liable for the breach or failure of any
obligation, representation, warranty or covenant made or undertaken by the 
Borrower under this Loan Agreement.

    SECTION 8.10.  No Bankruptcy Petition Against the Lender. The Borrower 
hereby covenants and agrees that, prior to the date which is one year and one 
day after the payment in full of all outstanding Commercial Paper or other 
indebtedness of the Lender, it will not institute against, or join any other 
Person in instituting against, the Lender any bankruptcy, reorganization, 
arrangement, insolvency, or liquidation proceedings or other similar 
proceeding under the laws of the United States or any state of the United 
States.

    SECTION 8.11.  No Recourse Against Stockholders, Officers, or Directors.  
No recourse under any obligation, covenant, or agreement of the Lender 
contained in this Loan Agreement shall be had against Merrill Lynch Money 
Markets Inc. (or any affiliate thereof), or any stockholder, officer, or 
director of the Lender, as such, by the enforcement of any assessment or by 
any legal or equitable proceeding, by virtue of any statute or otherwise; it 
being expressly agreed and understood that this Loan Agreement is solely a 
corporate obligation of the Lender, and that no personal liability whatever 
shall attach to or be incurred by Merrill Lynch Money Markets Inc. (or any 
affiliate thereof), or the stockholders, officers, or directors of the 
lender, as such, or any of them, under or by reason of any of the 
obligations, covenants, or agreements of the Lender contained in this Loan 
Agreement, or implied therefrom, and that any and all personal liability for 
breaches by the Lender of any of such obligations, covenants or agreements, 
either at common law or at equity, or by statute or constitution, of Merrill 
Lynch Money Markets Inc. (or any affiliate thereof) and every such 
stockholder, officer, or director is hereby expressly waived as a condition 
of and consideration for the execution of this Loan Agreement. 

                                     - 29 -

<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered 
this Variable Funding Loan Agreement as of the date first written above.

                         ENTERPRISE FUNDING CORPORATION,
                           as Lender



                         By: /s/ Thomas S. Dunstan
                             ------------------------------------------------
                             Name:  Thomas S. Dunstan
                             Title:

                         MID-STATE TRUST V,
                           as Borrower

                         By:  Wilmington Trust Company, not in its individual 
                              capacity but solely as Owner Trustee



                         By: /s/ Emmett R. Harmon
                             ------------------------------------------------
                             Name:  Emmett R. Harmon
                             Title: Vice President


                         FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK OF FLORIDA,
                           as Custodian/Collateral Agent



                         By: /s/ Lisa Derryberry
                             ------------------------------------------------
                             Name:  Lisa Derryberry
                             Title: Vice President


                         NATIONSBANK, N.A. (CAROLINAS)
                           as Administrative Agent



                         By: /s/ Michelle M. Heath
                             ------------------------------------------------
                             Name:  Michelle M. Heath
                             Title: Vice President

                                     - 30 -

<PAGE>

                                                                      EXHIBIT A
                                                               
                                                               
                        [Form of Variable Funding Note]
                                
                                
                             VARIABLE FUNDING NOTE
                                
                              New York, New York
                                [Closing Date]
                                
                                
     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, MID-STATE TRUST V, a Delaware 
business trust (the "Borrower"), promises to pay to the order of ENTERPRISE 
FUNDING CORPORATION (the "Lender"), on the date specified in Section 2.3 of 
the Loan Agreement (as hereinafter defined), at the office of the Lender, c/o 
NationsBank, N.A. (Carolinas), as Administrative Agent, NationsBank Corporate 
Center, 7th Floor, Charlotte, North Carolina, 28255, in lawful money of the 
United States of America and in immediately available funds, the principal 
amount of FIVE HUNDRED MILLION DOLLARS ($500,000,000), or, if less, the 
aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Loans made by the Lender to the 
Borrower pursuant to the Loan Agreement, and to pay interest at such office, 
in like money, from the date hereof on the unpaid principal amount of such 
Loans from time to time outstanding at the rates and on the dates specified 
in Sections 2.5 and 2.6 of the Loan Agreement.

     The Lender is authorized to record, on the schedules annexed hereto and 
made a part hereof or on other appropriate records of the Lender, the date 
and the amount of each Loan made by the Lender, each continuation thereof, 
the Tranche Period for such Loan and the date and amount of each payment or 
prepayment of principal thereof.  Any such recordation shall constitute prima 
facie evidence of the accuracy of the information so recorded; provided that 
the failure of the Lender to make any such recordation (or any error in such 
recordation) shall not affect the obligations of the Borrower hereunder or 
under the Loan Agreement in respect of the Loans.

     This Variable Funding Note is the Variable Funding Note referred to in 
the Variable Funding Loan Agreement dated as of March __, 1995 (as amended, 
supplemented, or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time, the 
"Loan Agreement") among the Lender, the Borrower, First Union National Bank 
of Florida, as Collateral Agent, and NationsBank, N.A. (Carolinas), as 
Administrative Agent, and is entitled to the benefits thereof. Capitalized 
terms used herein without definition have the meanings assigned to them in 
the Loan Agreement.

<PAGE>

This Variable Funding Note is subject to optional and mandatory prepayment as 
provided in the Loan Agreement.

     Upon the occurrence of a Termination Event, the Lender shall have all of 
the remedies specified in the Loan Agreement.  The Lender hereby waives 
presentment, demand, protest, and all notices of any kind.

     THIS VARIABLE FUNDING NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND 
INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

                                   MID-STATE TRUST V

                                   By:  Wilmington Trust Company,
                                        not in its individual
                                        capacity but solely as
                                        Owner Trustee



                                   By:  _________________________
                                        Title:
 

<PAGE>

                                 Schedule 1 to
                             VARIABLE FUNDING NOTE


                   Principal       Discount        Prepayment
                      of              on             of
   Date              Loans          Loans            Loans       Notation By
   ----            ---------       --------        ----------    -----------

<PAGE>

                                                                      EXHIBIT B
                                                               
                                                               
                          [Form of Borrowing Request]
                                
                               BORROWING REQUEST
                                

     MID-STATE TRUST V (the "Borrower"), pursuant to Section 2.3 of the 
Variable Funding Loan Agreement dated as of March __, 1995 (as amended, 
modified, or supplemented from time to time, the "Loan Agreement"), hereby 
requests that Enterprise Funding Corporation make a Loan to it pursuant to 
the following instructions:

Borrowing Date: ____________

Loan amount: _____________

Tranche Period(s): ____________

Account to be credited: ____________ [bank name]

     ABA No. ____________

     Account No. ____________

     Reference No. ____________

Please credit the above-mentioned account by 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) 
on the Borrowing Date.  Capitalized terms used herein have the meaning 
assigned to them in the Loan Agreement.

          AEB:                $______________

          AMV:                $______________

          Borrowing Base:     $______________


     The Borrower hereby certifies as of the date hereof that the Conditions 
Precedent to each Loan set forth in Section 4.2 of the Loan Agreement have 
been satisfied, and that all of the representations and warranties made in 
Section 3.1 of the Loan Agreement are true and correct on and as of the 
Borrowing Date for such Loan, both before and after giving effect to such 
Loan.

                                   MID-STATE TRUST V


                                   ________________________________
                                   By:
                                   Title:


Dated:  ___________ __, 199_ 

<PAGE>

                                                                      EXHIBIT C
                                                               
                     [Form of Borrower's Counsel Opinion]
                                
                                
                                
                   [Letterhead of Counsel for the Borrower]
                                
                                
                                    March __, 1995
                                
                                
Enterprise Funding Corporation
c/o Merrill Lynch Money Markets Inc.
Merrill Lynch World Headquarters
World Financial Center--South Tower
25 Liberty Street--8th Floor
New York, New York  10080

NationsBank, N.A. (Carolinas)
 as Liquidity Provider and Collateral Agent
100 North Tryon Street
Charlotte, North Carolina 28255

Ladies and Gentlemen:

          This opinion is furnished to you pursuant to Section 4.1 of the 
Variable Funding Loan Agreement dated as of March __, 1995 (the "Loan 
Agreement") among Mid-State Trust V (the "Borrower") and Enterprise Funding 
Corporation (the "Lender"). Terms defined in the Loan Agreement and not 
otherwise defined herein are used in this opinion with the meanings so 
defined.

          We have acted as counsel to the Borrower in connection with the 
preparation of the Loan Agreement and the transactions and other documents 
contemplated thereby.

          We have examined, on the date hereof, the Loan Agreement and all 
Exhibits thereto, the Variable Funding Note, the other Operative Documents to 
which the Borrower is a party, certificates of public officials, copies of 
each of the above having been delivered to you.  We have also examined the 
closing documents delivered pursuant to the Loan Agreement and copies of all 
such documents and records and have made such investigations of law, as we 
have deemed necessary and relevant as a basis for our opinion.  With respect 
to the accuracy of material factual matters which were not independently 
established, we have relied on certificates and statements of officers of the 
Borrower.

          On the basis of the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

     1.   The Borrower is a Delaware business trust duly formed, validly 
existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, Del. 
Code Ann. tit. 12 Section 3801, et seq. (1994), has the power and authority 
to own its properties and to carry on 

<PAGE>

Enterprise Funding Corporation
NationsBank, N.A. (Carolinas) 
March __, 1995
Page 2


its business as now being conducted, and had at all relevant times, and now 
has, all necessary power, authority, and legal right to acquire and own the 
Trust Assets, and is duly qualified and in good standing as a foreign 
business trust and is authorized to do business in each jurisdiction in which 
the affect upon the business properties of the Borrower or its ability to 
perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement.

     2.   The Borrower has the power and has taken all necessary action to 
execute, deliver, and perform the Loan Agreement, the Variable Funding Note, 
and all other Operative Documents to which the trust is a party, each in 
accordance with its respective terms, and to consummate the transactions 
contemplated thereby.  The Loan Agreement, the Variable Funding Note, and all 
other Operative Documents to which the Borrower is a party have been duly 
executed and delivered by the Borrower and when duly executed and delivered 
will constitute the legal, valid, and binding obligations of the Borrower 
enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with their terms, except as 
enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, 
moratorium, and other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' 
rights generally and by general equitable principles.

     3.   The execution, delivery, and performance in accordance with their 
terms by the Borrower of the Loan Agreement, the Variable Funding Note, and 
all other Operative Documents to which the Borrower is a party and the 
consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, do not and will not 
(a) require (i) any governmental approval or (ii) any consent or approval of 
any other party which has not been obtained, (b) violate or conflict with, 
result in a breach of, or constitute a default under (i) the Trust Agreement, 
(ii) to the best of our knowledge after due inquiry, any other agreement to 
which the Borrower is a party or by which the Borrower or any of its 
properties may be bound, or (iii) any applicable law, or any order, rule, or 
regulation applicable to the Borrower of any court or of any federal or state 
regulatory body, administrative agency, or other governmental instrumentality 
having jurisdiction over the Borrower or any of its proper ties, or (c) 
result or require in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of the 
assets, property or revenue of the Borrower other than as contemplated by the 
Operative Documents.

     4.   To the best of our knowledge, after due inquiry, there are not, in 
any court or before any arbitrator of any kind or before or by any 
governmental or non-governmental body, any actions, suits, proceedings, or 
investigations, pending or

<PAGE>

Enterprise Funding Corporation
NationsBank, N.A. (Carolinas) 
March __, 1995
Page 3

threatened, (a) against the Borrower or the business or any property of the 
Borrower except actions, suits, or proceedings that, if adversely determined, 
would not, singly or in the aggre gate, have a materially adverse affect on 
the Borrower, or on the ability of the Borrower to perform its respective 
obligations under the Loan Agreement, the Variable Funding Note, and all 
other Operative Documents to which the Borrower is a party or (b) relating to 
the Loan Agreement, the Variable Funding Note, and all other Operative 
Documents to which the Borrower is a party.

     5.   Upon the delivery of the Account Documents relating to the Accounts 
to the Collateral Agent and the execution and delivery of the CCA Agreement, 
the Lender will have a first priority perfected security interest in the 
Collateral.

          The foregoing opinions and conclusions were given only in respect 
of the laws of New York and, to the extent specifically referred to herein, 
the Federal laws of the United States of America.

          This opinion has been delivered at your request for the purposes 
contemplated by the Loan Agreement.  Without our prior written consent, this 
opinion is not to be utilized or quoted for any other purpose and no one 
other than you is entitled to rely thereon.

                              Very truly yours,


<PAGE>
                      AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO LOAN AGREEMENT


    AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO LOAN AGREEMENT (this "Amendment"), dated as of August 2,
1995, by and among MID-STATE TRUST V, as Borrower (the "Borrower"), ENTERPRISE
FUNDING CORPORATION, as Lender (the "Lender"), FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK OF
FLORIDA, as Custodian/Collateral Agent (the "Collateral Agent"), and
NATIONSBANK, N.A. (CAROLINAS), as Administrative Agent (the "Administrative
Agent").

    Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Amendment shall have the
meanings ascribed to such terms in the Variable Funding Loan Agreement, dated as
of March 3, 1995 (the "Loan Agreement"), among the parties hereto.


                            PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

    WHEREAS, the parties hereto are parties to the Loan Agreement;

    WHEREAS, the parties hereto wish to amend certain terms of the Loan
Agreement as hereinafter provided;

    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein
and in the Loan Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt
and adequacy of which is hereby expressly acknowledged, and intending to be
legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:


    SECTION 1.  Amendments.  The Loan Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

    (a)  Section 2.5 is hereby amended by:

         (i)   deleting paragraph (a) of such Section and replacing it with
               the following:

               "(a) on each day (i) that a Tranche matures or (ii)
                    interest is due and owing on any Related Credit
                    Support Disbursements or Related Liquidity Draws,
                    an amount equal to the Discount due on such
                    maturing Tranche (together with an amount equal to
                    any Discount due on maturing Transaction
                    Commercial Paper to the extent the amount of
                    Transaction Commercial Paper issued in order to
                    fund such Loan exceeds the amount of such Loan)
                    and the interest due 


<PAGE>

                    on such Related Credit Support Disbursement or Related 
                    Liquidity Draw.";

         (ii)  deleting clause (iii) of paragraph (c) of such Section in
               its entirety and replacing it with the following:

                    "(iii) to the extent not paid by the Borrower
                    under Article VII hereof, an amount equal to the
                    amount owing to any Indemnified Party pursuant to
                    such Article VII"; and

         (iv)  inserting the following at the end of such Section:

                    "Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the
                    amount due and payable from the Borrower to the
                    Lender pursuant to clause (i) of paragraph (c) of
                    this Section 2.5 shall be discharged on each
                    Remittance Date to the extent and in the amount of
                    any Surety Bond Premium paid by the Collateral
                    Agent to the Surety Provider on such date.  As
                    used in this Agreement, the terms "Surety Bond
                    Premium" and "Surety Provider" shall have the
                    meanings ascribed to such terms in the Amended and
                    Restated CCA Agreement dated as of August 2, 1995
                    (the "Amended and Restated CCA Agreement") among
                    the Lender, the Borrower, the Collateral Agent,
                    NationsBank, N.A. (Carolinas) ("NationsBank") and
                    Capital Markets Assurance Corporation."

    (b)  Section 2.6 is hereby amended by:

         (i)   inserting the following at the end of paragraph (a) thereof:

                    "(net of all accrued and unpaid Discount on all
                    Tranches and interest on any Related Credit
                    Support Disbursements and Related Liquidity Draws
                    through such Remittance Date.)"

         (ii)  inserting the following at the end of paragraph (e) thereof;
               and


                                      -2-

<PAGE>
 
                    "less any amount due to the Surety Provider
                    pursuant to Section 4.2(c) of the Amended and
                    Restated CCA Agreement."
 
         (iii) inserting the phrase ", Related Liquidity Draw" immediately
               following the word "Tranches" and immediately following the
               word "Tranche" in the first sentence of paragraph (g)
               thereof.

    (c)  Section 2.8 is hereby amended by: 

         (i)   inserting the phrase "in the name of the Collateral Agent"
               following the phrase "Eligible Investments" in paragraph (d)
               of such Section; and 

         (ii)  deleting paragraph (e) of such Section in its entirety and
               replacing it with the following:

               "If at any time the Collection Account, the Reserve
               Account, the Principal Payment Account or the Holding
               Account shall no longer be an Eligible Bank Account,
               then the Borrower shall, within 10 Business Days (or
               such longer period, not to exceed 30 calendar days, as
               to which the Lender shall consent), cause such account
               and the funds on deposit therein to be moved so that
               such account shall be an Eligible Bank Account.  The
               Borrower shall immediately notify the Administrative
               Agent and the Rating Agencies of the new location and
               account number of such account.  For purposes of this
               Agreement, the term "Eligible Bank Account"  shall
               mean, if such bank account does not meet the
               requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b) of such
               definition, a bank account otherwise acceptable to the
               Lender, the Surety Provider and the Rating Agencies."

    (d)  Section 2.9 is hereby amended by deleting the first sentence thereof
and replacing it with the following sentence:

               "On the Business Day preceding a Determination Date
               relating to a Borrowing Date, the Borrower shall
               request from the Lender, and the Lender shall provide
               to the Borrower, the Market Discount Rate applicable to
               the related Borrowing Date."


                                       -3-

<PAGE>

    (e)  Section 7.1 is hereby amended by: 

         (i)   adding the following at the end of clause (ii) of such
               Section 7.1

               "or (iii) any obligations of the Lender or of
               NationsBank owing to the Surety Provider under the
               Insurance and Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of
               August 2, 1995, among the Lender, the Borrower,
               NationsBank, the Surety Provider and the Collateral
               Agent."; and

         (ii)  deleting the proviso to such Section in its entirety.


    SECTION 2.  Effectiveness; Binding Effect.  This Amendment shall be
effective as of the date hereof.  This Amendment shall be binding upon, and
inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and
assigns.


    SECTION 3.  Severability of Provisions.  Any provision of this Amendment
which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such
jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or
unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof or
affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other
jurisdiction.


    SECTION 4.  Captions.  The captions in this Amendment are for convenience
of reference only and shall not define or limit any of the terms or provisions
hereof.


    SECTION 5.  Loan Agreement to Remain in Full Force and Effect.  Except as
amended hereby, the Loan Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and is
hereby ratified, adopted and confirmed in all respects.  All references in the
Loan Agreement to "herein," or words of like import, and all references to the
Loan Agreement in any agreement or document shall hereafter be deemed to refer
to the Loan Agreement as amended hereby.


    SECTION 6.  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.


                                       -4-

<PAGE>

    SECTION 7.   Execution in Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed in
any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto on separate
counterparts, each of which counterparts, when so executed and delivered, shall
be deemed to be an original and all of which counterparts, taken together, shall
constitute but one and the same amendment.


    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be
executed as of the date and year first above written.

                                  MID-STATE TRUST V

                                  By:  Wilmington Trust Company, not in its
                                       individual capacity but solely as Owner
                                       Trustee



                                  By: /s/ Emmett R. Harmon
                                     -------------------------------
                                     Name:  Emmett R. Harmon
                                     Title: Vice President


                                  ENTERPRISE FUNDING CORPORATION

                                  By: /s/ Thomas S. Dunstan
                                     -------------------------------
                                     Name:  Thomas S. Dunstan
                                     Title: Vice President



                                  FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK OF FLORIDA,
                                  as Collateral Agent


                                  By: /s/ Lisa Derryberry
                                     -------------------------------
                                     Name:  Lisa Derryberry
                                     Title: Vice President



                                  NATIONSBANK, N.A. (CAROLINAS),
                                  as Administrative Agent


                                  By: /s/ Michelle M. Heath
                                     -------------------------------
                                     Name:  Michelle M. Heath
                                     Title: Vice President


                                       -5-
<PAGE>

                          AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO LOAN AGREEMENT


    AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO LOAN AGREEMENT (this "Amendment"), dated as of March 29,
1996, by and among MID-STATE TRUST V, as Borrower (the "Borrower"), ENTERPRISE
FUNDING CORPORATION, as Lender (the "Lender"), FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK OF
FLORIDA, as Custodian/Collateral Agent (the "Collateral Agent"), and
NATIONSBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent (the "Administrative Agent").

    Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Amendment shall have the
meanings ascribed to such terms in the Variable Funding Loan Agreement, dated 
as of March 3, 1995, among the parties hereto, as amended from time to time (as 
so amended, the "Loan Agreement").


                                PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

    WHEREAS, the parties hereto are parties to the Loan Agreement;

    WHEREAS, the parties hereto wish to amend certain terms of the Loan
Agreement as hereinafter provided;

    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein
and in the Loan Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt
and adequacy of which is hereby expressly acknowledged, and intending to be
legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:


    SECTION 1.  Amendments.  The Loan Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

    (a)  Section 2.6 is hereby amended by inserting the following at the end of
the parenthetical at the end of paragraph (a) thereof:

              "and net of any amounts paid to the provider of any
         Qualified Hedge Agreement as permitted by the CCA Agreement".

    (b)  Section 5.1 is hereby amended by adding the following clause at the
end of such Section:

              "(m)  The Borrower shall maintain in full force and effect a
         Qualified Hedge Agreement with respect to all Accounts owned by the
         Borrower the Account Notes of which bear interest at a rate of less
         than 10% per annum."


                                           
<PAGE>

    (c)  Section 6.1 is hereby amended by:

            (i)    Deleting the period at the end of paragraph (p) thereof and
                   replacing it with "; and"; and

           (ii)    Inserting the following after paragraph (p) thereof:

                   "(q) at any time at which the Borrower is required
              to have a Qualified Hedge Agreement in place pursuant
              to Section 5.1(m) hereof, the earliest to occur of (i)
              a default by the Borrower in its obligations under any
              Qualified Hedge Agreement obtained by it; (ii) a
              default by the provider of any Qualified Hedge
              Agreement in its payment obligations to the Borrower
              under such Qualified Hedge Agreement which default is
              not cured within ten (10) Business Days; (iii) a
              default by the provider of any Qualified Hedge
              Agreement in any other obligations under such Qualified
              Hedge Agreement which default is not cured within
              thirty (30) Business Days or (iv) any Qualified Hedge
              Agreement obtained by the Borrower ceases to be a
              Qualified Hedge Agreement (other than as a result of a
              default described in the preceding clause (ii)) and is
              not replaced with a new Qualified Hedge Agreement
              within thirty (30) Business Days of the date of such
              occurrence."

    (d)  Annex A is hereby amended by:

            (i)    Adding the following phrase at the end of each of the
                   definitions of "CCA Agreement", "Trust Agreement", "Loan
                   Agreement" and "Master Servicing Agreement":

                        "as such agreement may be amended from time to
                   time".

           (ii)    Adding the following definition after the definition of
                   "Account Note":

                        ""Account Note Interest Rate" means, with respect
                   to a Qualified Hedge Agreement, the interest rate set
                   forth in the Account Notes for the Accounts to 

                                          - 2 -
<PAGE>

                        which such Qualified Hedge Agreement relates."

          (iii)    Deleting clause (j) of the definition of "Eligible Account"
                   therein in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

                        "for which the Account Note evidences an
                   account bearing a fixed rate of interest and fully
                   amortizing level monthly payments due on the 5th
                   or the 15th day of each month; such Account Note
                   bears an interest rate of not less than 10% per
                   annum; and such Account Note has an original term
                   to maturity not in excess of (i) 25 years with
                   respect to Accounts on which the sales price to
                   the customer is less than $50,000 and (ii) 30
                   years with respect to Accounts on which the sales
                   price to the customer is equal to or greater than
                   $50,000."

                        "Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Account
                   which otherwise meets the criteria specified for
                   an "Eligible Account" except that the related
                   Account Note provides for an interest rate of less
                   than 10% per annum shall be considered an
                   "Eligible Account", provided that the Borrower has
                   obtained, prior to the date any such Account is to
                   be considered an Eligible Account, and maintains
                   at all times while the related Account Notes are
                   outstanding, a Qualified Hedge Agreement with
                   respect to such Accounts."

           (iv)    Adding the following definition after the definition of
                   "Independent":

                        ""Insurance Agreement" means the Insurance and
                   Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of August 2, 1995,
                   among the Borrower, the Lender, the Collateral Agent,
                   the Surety Provider and NationsBank, N.A., as such
                   agreement may be amended from time to time."

            (v)    Adding the following at the end of the definition of
                   "Operative Documents":


                                          - 3 -
<PAGE>


                        "and any Qualified Hedge Agreement obtained
                   by the Borrower."

           (vi)    Adding the following definitions after the definition of
                   "Program Fee":

                        ""Qualified Hedge Agreement" means one or more
                   interest rate swaps, caps or collars, or any
                   combination of such arrangements which, taken as a
                   whole:

                        (a)  is pledged to the Collateral Agent as collateral
                             for the Senior Secured Obligations and provides
                             that all payments to be made thereunder will be
                             made to the Collection Account for the benefit of
                             the Collateral Agent; 

                        (b)  provides for a notional amount at least equal to
                             the Qualified Hedge Notional Amount for the
                             Accounts to which such arrangement relates but
                             which is not greater than the aggregate Economic
                             Balance of all Eligible Accounts of the Borrower;

                        (c)  provides that all payments to be made thereunder
                             will be made on a Remittance Date;

                        (d)  which, (i) in the case of an interest rate cap,
                             provides for a strike price at least 1.00% below
                             the Account Note Interest Rate for the related
                             Accounts and (ii) in the case of an interest rate
                             swap agreement, provides that the Borrower shall
                             pay a fixed rate of interest not greater than a
                             rate 1.00% below the Account Note Interest Rate
                             for the related Accounts and the counterparty
                             shall pay into the Collection Account for the
                             benefit of the Collateral Agent by direct wire
                             transfer interest calculated at a floating rate at
                             least equal to the daily unweighted average of the
                             USD-CP-H.15 (as defined in the 1991 ISDA
                             Definitions);

                        (e)  the counterparty of which is a Qualified Hedge
                             Agreement Provider; 


                                          - 4 -
<PAGE>

                        (f)  is entered into pursuant to an ISDA Master
                             Agreement and Schedule substantially in the form
                             attached hereto as Exhibit I;

                        (g)  the confirmation with respect to which does not
                             amend or alter the terms of the agreement and
                             schedule referred to in the preceding clause
                             (f)(other than deminimus non-material changes); 

                        (h)  will provide that the payments referred to in
                             clause (d) of this definition will continue from
                             the date of such Qualified Hedge Agreement through
                             the 8-year and three-month period following the
                             Scheduled Termination Date in effect as of the
                             effective date of such Qualified Hedge Agreement;
                             and

                        (i)  is otherwise satisfactory in form and substance to
                             each of the Lender and the Surety Provider as
                             evidenced by their execution and delivery of a
                             certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit
                             II.

                             "Qualified Hedge Agreement Notional Amount" means,
                        with respect to any group of Accounts the Account Notes
                        of which provide for interest at a rate of less than
                        10% per annum, an amount at least equal to the
                        aggregate Economic Balance of such Accounts.

                             "Qualified Hedge Agreement Provider" means any
                        Person (a) in the case of NationsBank, N.A., the
                        long-term debt rating of which is at least "A" from
                        each of S&P and Moody's, and (b) in the case of any
                        other Person, the long-term debt obligations of which
                        are rated in one of the two highest long-term debt
                        rating categories of each of S&P and Moody's."

                                          - 5 -

<PAGE>


          (vii)    Adding the following definition after the definition of
                   "Successor Servicer":

                        ""Surety Provider" means Capital Markets
                   Assurance Corporation, a New York stock insurance
                   company."; 

         (viii)    Adding Exhibit I hereto as Exhibit I to Annex I; and

           (ix)    Adding Exhibit II hereto as Exhibit II to Annex I.


    SECTION 2.  Effectiveness; Binding Effect.  This Amendment shall be
effective as of the date hereof.  This Amendment shall be binding upon, and
inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and
assigns.


    SECTION 3.  Severability of Provisions.  Any provision of this Amendment
which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such
jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or
unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof or
affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other
jurisdiction.


    SECTION 4.  Captions.  The captions in this Amendment are for convenience
of reference only and shall not define or limit any of the terms or provisions
hereof.


    SECTION 5.  Loan Agreement to Remain in Full Force and Effect.  Except as
amended hereby, the Loan Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and is
hereby ratified, adopted and confirmed in all respects.  All references in the
Loan Agreement to "herein," or words of like import, and all references to the
Loan Agreement in any agreement or document shall hereafter be deemed to refer
to the Loan Agreement as amended hereby.


    SECTION 6.  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

                                          - 6 -
<PAGE>

    SECTION 7.   Execution in Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed in
any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto on separate
counterparts, each of which counterparts, when so executed and delivered, shall
be deemed to be an original and all of which counterparts, taken together, shall
constitute but one and the same amendment.


    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be
executed as of the date and year first above written.

                             MID-STATE TRUST V

                             By:  Wilmington Trust Company, not in its
                                  individual capacity but solely as Owner
                                  Trustee



                             By: /s/ Bruce Bisson
                                -------------------------------
                                Name:  Bruce Bisson
                                Title: Vice President


                             ENTERPRISE FUNDING CORPORATION


                             By: /s/ John R. Bulger
                                -------------------------------
                                Name:  John R. Bulger
                                Title: Vice President



                             FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK OF FLORIDA,
                             as Collateral Agent


                             By: /s/ Lisa Derryberry
                                -------------------------------
                                Name:  Lisa Derryberry
                                Title: Vice President



                             NATIONSBANK, N.A.,
                             as Administrative Agent


                             By: /s/ Michelle M. Heath
                                -------------------------------
                                Name:  Michelle M. Heath
                                Title: Vice President




                                          - 7 -



<PAGE>

Capital Markets Assurance
Corporation hereby consents to
this Amendment No. 2 to Loan
Agreement by the execution
hereof.


CAPITAL MARKETS ASSURANCE
  CORPORATION


By: /s/ Steven Czark
   -------------------------------
   Name:  Steven Czark
   Title: 
















































                                          - 8 -



<PAGE>

                                      EXHIBIT II

                                EXHIBIT II TO ANNEX I



                                     CERTIFICATE

         Reference is made to the Loan Agreement, dated as of March 2, 1995,
among Mid-State Trust V, as Borrower, Enterprise Funding Corporation, as Lender
(the "Lender"), First Union National Bank of Florida, as collateral agent, and
NationsBank, N.A., as administrative agent, as such agreement may be amended
from time to time (the "Loan Agreement").  Capitalized terms used but not
defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Loan
Agreement.

         This certificate is hereby delivered for the purposes of clause (i) of
the definition of Qualified Hedge Agreement contained in the Loan Agreement.

         The undersigned hereby certify that as of the date hereof, [the
Interest Rate Agreement, the Schedule thereto and the Confirmations] executed
copies of which are attached hereto as Exhibit A constitute a "Qualified Hedge
Agreement" with respect to Accounts, the related Account Notes which provide for
interest at a rate of less than 10% per annum but are intended to qualify as
Eligible Accounts as specified in paragraph (j) of the definition of Eligible
Accounts.  The attached Qualified Hedge Agreement shall continue to be
satisfactory to the undersigned only until the occurrence of any of the events
set forth in Section 6.1(q) of the Loan Agreement which are not cured within the
time frame specified therein and only for so long as the Qualified Hedge
Agreement meets 


                                          
<PAGE>

the criteria set forth in clauses (a) through (h) of the definition of
"Qualified Hedge Agreement" in Annex A to the Loan Agreement.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereunto set our hands.

March   ,1996                     ENTERPRISE FUNDING CORPORATION


                                  By____________________________
                                    Name:
                                    Title:



                                  CAPITAL MARKETS ASSURANCE
                                    CORPORATION


                                  By____________________________
                                    Name:
                                    Title:




                                          - B - ii -
<PAGE>

 AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO LOAN AGREEMENT AND AMENDMENTS TO BORROWER 
             ACCOUNT TRANSFER AGREEMENT AND FEE LETTER

    AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO LOAN AGREEMENT and AMENDMENTS TO BORROWER ACCOUNT
TRANSFER AGREEMENT and FEE LETTER (this "Amendment"), dated as of July 31, 1997,
by and among MID-STATE TRUST V, as Borrower (the "Borrower"), ENTERPRISE FUNDING
CORPORATION, as Lender (the "Lender"), FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK, formerly known
as First Union National Bank of North Carolina and successor by merger to First
Union National Bank of Florida, as Custodian/Collateral Agent (the "Collateral
Agent"), NATIONSBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent (the "Administrative
Agent"), MID-STATE HOMES, INC. ("Mid-State") and JIM WALTER HOMES, INC. ("JWH").

    Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Amendment shall have the
meanings ascribed to such terms in the Variable Funding Loan Agreement, dated as
of March 3, 1995, among the parties hereto, as amended from time to time (as so
amended, the "Loan Agreement").

                             PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

    WHEREAS, the parties hereto are parties to the Loan Agreement, certain of
the parties hereto executed the Fee Letter, and Mid-State and the Borrower are
parties to the BAT Agreement;

    WHEREAS, Mid-State, JWH and such Eligible Originators as may become party
thereto, from time to time, are parties to the Amended and Restated DAT
Agreement, dated as of the date hereof;

    WHEREAS, the parties hereto wish to amend certain terms of the Loan
Agreement, the BAT Agreement and the Fee Letter as hereinafter provided;

    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein
and in the Loan Agreement, the BAT Agreement and the Fee Letter and other good
and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby
expressly acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties
hereto agree as follows:

    SECTION 1.  Amendments to Loan Agreement.  The Loan Agreement is
hereby amended as follows:

         (a)  Section 2.6 is hereby amended by:

              (i)  deleting the following at the end of the parenthetical at
         the end of paragraph (a) thereof:

              "and net of any amounts paid to the provider of any
         Qualified Hedge Agreement as permitted by the CCA Agreement"; and

                                          -1-
<PAGE>


              (ii)  replacing (A) "8.1" in the thirteenth line thereof with
         "2.11" and (B) "36" in the fifteenth line of paragraph (d) thereof
         with "24".

                    (b)  Adding the following as a new Section 2.11 thereto:

                    "SECTION 2.11  Renewal of Revolving Credit Facility.  In the
                    event that the Borrower desires to extend the Scheduled
                    Termination Date, it shall, at least 60 days but not more
                    than 120 days prior to the then current Scheduled
                    Termination Date, send a notice (an 'Extension Request') to
                    the Lender, requesting whether or not the Lender elects, in
                    its sole discretion, to extend the Scheduled Termination
                    Date for an additional 364 days following the then effective
                    Scheduled Termination Date.  The Lender shall, within 30
                    days after receipt of the Extension Request, notify the
                    Borrower, the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent and
                    the Surety Provider of its decision regarding such
                    extension.  If the Lender agrees to so extend, then the
                    Scheduled Termination Date shall be extended to the date
                    which is 364 days after the then effective Scheduled
                    Termination Date; if the Lender does not agree to so extend,
                    then the Scheduled Termination Date shall remain as the then
                    effective Scheduled Termination Date."

                    (c)  Section 3.1(q) is hereby amended by adding the 
               phrase "or Eligible Originator" after the word "Originator" in 
               the sixth line thereof.

                    (d)  Section 4.1(i) is hereby amended by adding the phrase 
               ", any Eligible Originator" after the word "Originator" in the 
               fifth line thereof.

                    (e)  Section 4.1(k) is hereby amended by adding the phrase 
               ", the State of its incorporation with respect to any Eligible 
               Originator" after the phrase "Depositor," in the third line 
               thereof.

                    (f)  Section 4.1(m) is hereby amended by adding the phrase 
               ", any Eligible Originator's" after the word "Originator's" in 
               the sixth line thereof.

                    (g)  Section 4.2(h) is hereby amended by adding the 
               following phrase after "Originator" in the third line thereof: 
               "(or originated by an Eligible Originator and sold to the 
               Depositor)".

                    (h)  Section 5.1(b) is hereby amended by adding the phrase 
               ", any Eligible Originator" after the word "Originator" in the 
               third line thereof. 
              
                    (i)  Section 5.1(d) is hereby amended by adding the phrase 
               ", any Eligible Originator" after the word "Depositor" in the 
               tenth line thereof.

                    (j)  Section 5.1 is hereby amended by deleting clause (m) at
               the end of such Section.

                                          -2-
<PAGE>
                    (k)  Section 5.2 is hereby amended by adding the following 
               clause (m) at the end thereof:

                    "(m)  Approval of Administrative Agent and Surety 
               Provider.  The Borrower shall not make any request for a 
               Loan hereinunder unless all criteria set forth in the 
               definition of "Eligible Originator" have been satisfied."

                    (l)  Section 6.1 is hereby amended by:

                         (i)  adding the phrase ", any Eligible Originator," 
                before "the Originator" in clauses (c), (e) and (f) 
                thereof and after "Depositor" in clauses (a), (h) and 
                (i) thereof; 

                         (ii) placing a period at the end of paragraph (p) 
                thereof; and 

                         (iii) deleting paragraph (q) thereof.

                    (m)  Amending Annex A thereto by:

                         (i)  making the following changes to the definition of
                    "Account Documents":

                              (A)  adding the following phrase after 
                         "Originator" in clause (iv) thereof: "or an Eligible 
                         Originator";

                              (B)  adding the following phrase before 
                         "Originator" in clause (vi)(1) thereof: "Eligible 
                         Originator or to the"; and

                              (C)  adding the phrase "an Eligible Originator," 
                         after "Depositor" in clause (viii) thereof;

                         (ii) deleting the definition of "Account Note Interest
                     Rate";

                         (iii) replacing "80%" and "70%" in the definition 
                     of "AEB" with "85%" and "75%", respectively;

                         (iv) adding the following phrase after "Originator" in
                    the fourth line of the definition of "Agreement for Deed": 
                    "(or an Eligible Originator)";

                         (v)  adding the phrase "and any Eligible Originator" 
                    after the word "Originator" in the third line of the 
                    definition of "Assignments";

                         (vi) adding the following phrase before the period in 
                    the definition of "BAT Agreement" ", as amended from time 
                    to time";

                         (vii) adding the phrase "and any Eligible 
                    Originator" after the word "Originator" in the second line 
                    of the definition of "Buy-Back Obligation";

                                          -3-
<PAGE>


                         (viii) adding the following phrase before the period
                    in the definition of "DAT Agreement" ", as amended from time
                    to time";

                         (ix) deleting the second paragraph of clause (j) of the
                    definition of "Eligible Account" and changing "10%" in the 
                    seventh line of the first paragraph thereof to "8.5%";

                         (x) adding the phrase "or any Eligible Originator" 
                    after the word "Originator" in the third line of clause (o) 
                    of the definition of "Eligible Account"

                         (xi) deleting "and" after the semicolon in clause (x) 
                    of the definition of "Eligible Account," replacing the 
                    period at the end of clause (y) of such definition with ";" 
                    and adding the following new clause (z) to such definition: 
                    "(z) which has been generated by the Originator, or by an 
                    Eligible Originator; and";

                         (xii) adding the following new clause (aa) to the 
                    definition of "Eligible Account": "(aa) with respect to any 
                    Account originated by an Eligible Originator, the amount 
                    thereof, together with the amount of all other outstanding 
                    Accounts of such Eligible Originator purchased under the DAT
                    Agreement, would not represent greater than 3% of the 
                    Borrowing Base, and (ii) with respect to any Account 
                    originated by an Eligible Originator, the amount thereof, 
                    together with the amount of all outstanding Accounts 
                    purchased from all Eligible Originators under the DAT 
                    Agreement, would not represent greater than 10% of the 
                    Borrowing Base.";

                         (xiii) by adding the following new definition 
                    thereto after the definition of "Eligible Investments":

                         'Eligible Originator' means a corporation (i) engaged
                         in the residential building business, all of the
                         outstanding capital stock of which is owned by either
                         the Originator or Walter Industries, Inc., (ii) which
                         has been approved in writing by the Administrative
                         Agent and the Surety Provider in their sole discretion,
                         (iii) which has delivered opinions of its counsel, in
                         form satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and
                         Surety Provider, with respect to (A) the enforceability
                         of the Amended and Restated DAT Agreement against such
                         Eligible Originator; and (B) the creation and
                         perfection of a security interest by such Eligible
                         Originator in the Accounts and Account Documents
                         created under the DAT Agreement in favor of the
                         Depositor; which such opinion shall be delivered when
                         such Eligible Originator becomes a party thereto,
                         except that in the case of Neatherlin Homes, Inc., such
                         opinion shall be delivered no later than 15 days after
                         the effectiveness of the Amended and Restated DAT
                         Agreement (the "Opinion Date"); and (iv) as to which
                         UCC-1 financing statements have been filed against such
                         Eligible Originator

                                          -4-
<PAGE>

                         covering the property conveyed to Mid-State under the 
                         Amended and Restated DAT Agreement.";

                         (xiv) adding the following phrase after the definition
                    of "Fee Letter":  "as such agreement may be amended from 
                    time to time.";

                         (xv) changing "$500,000,000" in the definition of 
                    "Maximum Net Investment" to "$400,000,000";

                         (xvi) deleting the phrase "and any Qualified Hedge 
                    Agreement obtained by the Borrower" at the end of the 
                    definition of "Operative Documents";

                         (xvii) deleting the following definitions: "Qualified
                    Hedge Agreement", "Qualified Hedge Agreement Notional 
                    Amount" and "Qualified Hedge Agreement Provider";

                         (xviii) adding the phrase "or Eligible Originator" 
                    after the word "Originator" in the third line of the 
                    definition of "Repurchase Price";

                         (xix) adding "or Eligible Originator" after 
                    "Originator" in the definition of "Resale Account"; and

                         (xx) deleting the definition of "Scheduled Termination
                    Date" and replacing it in its entirety by the following: 

                         "'Scheduled Termination Date' means June __, 1998, or
                         such later date as is agreed to by the Lender in its
                         sole discretion, pursuant to Section 2.11 of the Loan
                         Agreement."

               SECTION 2.  Amendment to BAT Agreement.  (a) Section 1 of the BAT
Agreement shall be amended by adding the phrase "or Eligible Originator" after
the word "Originator" in the eighth line thereof.

                    (b)  Section 3(a)(ii) of the BAT Agreement is hereby amended
               by adding the phrase "or Eligible Originator" after the word 
               "Originator" in the first line thereof.

                    (c)  Section 3(c)(xi) is hereby amended by adding the 
               phrase "or Eligible Originator" after the word "Originator" in 
               the sixth line thereof.

                    (d)  Section 3(c)(xv) is hereby amended by adding the phrase
               "or Eligible Originator" after the word "Originator" in the third
               line thereof.

                    (e)  Section 3(c)(xviii) is hereby amended by adding the 
               phrase "or Eligible Originator" after the word "Originator" in 
               the first line thereof.

                    (f)  Section 3(c)(xix) is hereby amended by adding the 
               phrase "or Eligible Originator" after the word "Originator" in 
               the third line thereof.

                                          -5-
<PAGE>


               SECTION 3. Amendment to Fee Letter.  Schedule A to the Fee Letter
shall be amended by replacing (a) ".20%" in Facility Fee with ".15%" and (b)
".50%" in "Program Fee" with ".30%".

               SECTION 4.       Conditions to Effectiveness.  This Amendment 
shall be effective on and as of the date on which all parties hereto have 
executed this Amendment and delivered their signature pages hereto to the 
Lender and the Lender shall have received the following, each of which shall 
be in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender:

                    (a)  An amendment to the Insurance Agreement and the 
               surrender by the Collateral Agent of the Surety Bond issued by 
               the Surety Provider to the Collateral Agent on March 29, 1996, 
               and cancellation thereof, and issuance of a new Surety Bond in 
               the forms attached hereto as Exhibits A and B, respectively, 
               duly executed by the parties thereto;

                    (b)  An opinion of counsel to the Surety Provider regarding 
               the enforceability of the amendments described in (a) above 
               against the Surety Provider;

                    (c)  The Trust shall have executed and delivered to the 
               Lender a new Variable Funding Note in the form of Exhibit C 
               attached hereto;

                    (d)  The ISDA Master Agreement, dated as of March 29, 1996, 
               between the Trust and NationsBank, N.A., and the schedule 
               attached thereto, shall have been terminated and all payments due
               and owing thereunder by the parties thereto shall have been paid 
               in full; 

                    (e)  The Amended and Restated DAT Agreement shall have been 
               duly executed by the parties thereto.

               SECTION 5.  Conditions Subsequent to Effectiveness.  Mid-State 
hereby agrees to deliver an opinion of its counsel, in form satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent and the Surety Provider, with respect to the creation and
perfection of the security interest created under the BAT Agreement by Mid-State
in the Accounts and Account Documents in favor of the Borrower, which such
opinion shall be delivered by the Opinion Date.

               SECTION 6.  Severability of Provisions.  Any provision of this
Amendment which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to
such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or
unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof or
affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other
jurisdiction.

               SECTION 7. Captions.  The captions in this Amendment are for
convenience of reference only and shall not define or limit any of the terms or
provisions hereof.

               SECTION 8. Agreements to Remain in Full Force and Effect.  
Except as amended hereby, the Loan Agreement, the Depositor Account Transfer 
Agreement and the Fee Letter shall remain in full force and effect and are 
hereby ratified, adopted and confirmed in all respects.  All references in the 
Loan Agreement and the Fee Letter to "herein," or words of like import, and all

                                          -6-
<PAGE>

references to the Loan Agreement and the Fee Letter in any agreement or document
shall hereafter be deemed to refer to the Loan Agreement and Fee Letter,
respectively, as amended hereby.

               SECTION 9. GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY 
AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
    
               SECTION 10. Execution in Counterparts.  This Amendment may 
be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto on 
separate counterparts, each of which counterparts, when so executed and 
delivered, shall be deemed to be an original and all of which counterparts, 
taken together, shall constitute but one and the same amendment.  The parties 
hereto do not intend that the Collateral Agent shall become, and the Collateral 
gent shall not become, a party to the BAT Agreement or the Fee Letter as a 
result of its execution and delivery of one (1) or more counterparts of this 
Amendment.

                                          -7-
<PAGE>
 
               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment
to be executed as of the date and year first above written.

                                                  MID-STATE TRUST V

                                        By:  Wilmington Trust Company, not in
                                             its individual capacity but solely
                                             as Owner Trustee



                                        By: /s/ Bruce L. Bisson
                                           -----------------------------
                                           Name:  Bruce L. Bisson
                                           Title: Vice President




                                        ENTERPRISE FUNDING CORPORATION



                                        By: /s/ Stewart L. Cutler
                                           -----------------------------
                                           Name:  Stewart L. Cutler
                                           Title: Vice President




                                        FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK,
                                        as Collateral Agent



                                        By: /s/ Lisa Derryberry
                                           -----------------------------
                                           Name:  Lisa Derryberry
                                           Title: Vice President




                                        NATIONSBANK, N.A.,
                                        as Administrative Agent



                                        By: /s/ Stan Meihaus
                                           -----------------------------
                                           Name:  Stan Meihaus
                                           Title: Vice President

                                          -8-
<PAGE>


 
                                        MID-STATE HOMES, INC.



                                        By: /s/ Donald M. Kurucz
                                           -----------------------------
                                           Name:  Donald M. Kurucz
                                           Title: Vice President




                                        JIM WALTER HOMES, INC.



                                        By: /s/ Joseph H. Kelly, Jr.
                                           -----------------------------
                                           Name:  Joseph H. Kelly, Jr.
                                           Title: Vice President



Capital Markets Assurance
Corporation hereby consents to
the foregoing amendment by the
execution hereof:



CAPITAL MARKETS ASSURANCE
  CORPORATION



By: /s/ Rajat Basu
   -----------------------------
   Name:  Rajat Basu
   Title: Managing Director

Date:



                                          -9-

<PAGE>
                                                                      EXHIBIT 21
 
                    LIST OF THE SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY
            (JURISDICTION OF INCORPORATION AS NOTED IN PARENTHESIS)
 
    The direct and indirect subsidiaries of Walter Industries, Inc. are:
 
    1.  JW Aluminum Company (DE)
 
    2.  Homes Holdings Corporation (DE)
 
        a. Jim Walter Homes, Inc. (FL) (a subsidiary of Homes Holdings
    Corporation)
 
           i. Jim Walter Homes of Louisiana, Inc. (LA) (a subsidiary of Jim
       Walter Homes, Inc.)
 
           ii. Walter Home Improvement, Inc. (FL) (a subsidiary of Jim Walter
       Homes, Inc.)
 
           iii. Neatherlin Homes, Inc. (TX) (a subsidiary of Jim Walter Homes,
       Inc.)
 
           iv. Jim Walter Homes of Georgia, Inc. (DE) (a subsidiary of Jim
       Walter Homes, Inc.)
 
    3.  JW Window Components, Inc. (DE)
 
        a. Jim Walter Window Components, Inc. (WI) (a subsidiary of JW Window
    Components, Inc.)
 
    4.  Vestal Manufacturing Company (DE)
 
    5.  Sloss Industries Corporation (DE)
 
    6.  Southern Precision Corporation (DE)
 
    7.  Mid-State Holdings Corporation (DE)
 
        a. Mid-State Homes, Inc. (FL) (a subsidiary of Mid-State Holdings
    Corporation)
 
           i. Mid-State Trust III (a business trust owned by Mid-State Homes,
       Inc.)
 
           ii. Mid-State Trust IV (a business trust owned by Mid-State Homes,
       Inc.)
 
               A. Mid-State Trust II (a business trust owned by Mid-State Trust
           IV)
 
           iii. Mid-State Trust V (a business trust owned by Mid-State Homes,
       Inc.)
 
           iv. Mid-State Trust VI (a business trust owned by Mid-State Homes,
       Inc.)
 
    8.  United States Pipe and Foundry Company, Inc. (AL)
 
    9.  Railroad Holdings Corporation (DE)
 
        a. Jefferson Warrior Railroad Company, Inc. (AL) (a subsidiary of
    Railroad Holdings Corporation)
 
    10. Computer Holdings Corporation (DE)
 
        a. Jim Walter Computer Services, Inc. (DE) ( a subsidiary of Computer
    Holdings Corporation)
 
    11. Land Holdings Corporation (DE)
 
        a. Walter Land Company (DE) (a subsidiary of Land Holdings Corporation)
 
    12. J.W.I. Holdings Corporation (DE)
 
        a. J.W. Walter, Inc. (DE) (a subsidiary of J.W.I. Holdings Corporation)
<PAGE>
    13. Hamer Holdings Corporation (DE)
 
        a. Hamer Properties, Inc. (WV) (a subsidiary of Hamer Holdings
    Corporation)
 
    14. Best Insurors, Inc. (FL)
 
        a. Best Insurors of Mississippi, Inc. (MS) (a subsidiary of Best
    Insurors, Inc.)
 
        b.Jim Walter Insurance Services, Inc. (FL) (a subsidiary of Best
    Insurors, Inc.)
 
    15. Cardem Insurance Co., Ltd. (Bermuda)
 
    16. Coast to Coast Advertising, Inc. (FL)
 
    17. United Land Corporation (DE)
 
    18. Dixie Building Supplies, Inc. (FL)
 
    19. Jim Walter Resources, Inc. (AL)
 
        a. Black Warrior Transmission Corp. (50% owned by Jim Walter Resources,
    Inc.)
 
        b. Black Warrior Methane Corp. (50% owned by Jim Walter Resources, Inc.)
 
    20. Walter International Sales, Inc. (Barbados, W.I.)
 
    The names of particular subsidiaries may have been omitted if the unnamed
subsidiaries, considered in the aggregate as a single subsidiary, would not
constitute a significant subsidiary as of August 27, 1997.

<PAGE>
                                                                      EXHIBIT 23
 
              CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
    We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration
Statement on Form S-8 of Walter Industries, Inc. and its subsidiaries of our
report dated July 10, 1997, appearing on page F-2 of Walter Industries, Inc.'s
Form 10-K/A Amendment No. 1 for the year ended May 31, 1997. We also consent to
the incorporation by reference of our report on the Financial Statement
Schedules, which appears on page F-29 of such Annual Report on Form 10-K/A
Amendment No 1.
 
/s/ Price Waterhouse LLP
 
Price Waterhouse LLP
Tampa, Florida
November 3, 1997


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission